1 #LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
21 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
22 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
24 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
25 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
26 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
28 \usepackage{courier} }
29 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
30 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
32 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
33 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
34 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
37 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
38 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
39 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
40 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
41 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
42 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
43 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
44 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
45 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
47 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
49 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
50 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
52 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
54 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
55 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
56 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
59 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
63 \options bibtotoc,BCOR7mm
68 \font_typewriter default
69 \font_default_family default
83 \paperorientation portrait
86 \paragraph_separation indent
88 \quotes_language english
91 \paperpagestyle default
92 \tracking_changes false
108 \begin_layout Standard
110 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
113 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
121 \begin_layout Standard
122 \begin_inset Note Note
125 \begin_layout Standard
126 To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
133 \begin_layout Standard
134 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
142 \begin_layout Standard
143 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
150 \begin_layout Chapter
154 \begin_layout Section
158 \begin_layout Standard
159 LyX is a document preparation system.
160 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
161 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
162 It is unlike most other
163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
170 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
172 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
184 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
189 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
207 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
211 \begin_layout Standard
213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
224 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
225 the format of all of the manuals.
226 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
227 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
244 \begin_layout Section
248 \begin_layout Subsection
252 \begin_layout Standard
253 Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
259 You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
261 We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
262 already done that in the
267 Check there for more info.
270 \begin_layout Standard
271 There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
274 \begin_layout Standard
275 Please note that if you include more than one file name on the command line,
276 LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
277 More on that in a bit.
280 \begin_layout Subsection
284 \begin_layout Standard
285 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
287 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
288 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
290 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
296 (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which
298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
310 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
313 \begin_layout Standard
314 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
315 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
316 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
318 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
319 only a vertical scrollbar.
322 \begin_layout Standard
323 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
324 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
325 This, however, is due
326 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
327 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
328 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
329 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
331 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
332 this doesn't work for equations yet.
335 \begin_layout Subsection
339 \begin_layout Standard
340 First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough as that in many
341 commercial applications.
346 \begin_layout Standard
347 Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
352 of the manuals from inside LyX.
353 Just select the manual you want read from the
363 \begin_layout Standard
364 While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
365 They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
366 Here's what one of our authors,
370 , once said about manuals:
373 \begin_layout Quotation
377 \begin_layout Quotation
378 Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
379 They are aggravating.
380 I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
381 First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
382 how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum.
383 Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
384 then they should sit down and learn
388 they start up a major piece of software.
391 \begin_layout Quotation
392 Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
394 Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
395 and intimidated, not stupid.
396 Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
397 manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
400 \begin_layout Standard
403 Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
404 to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
405 As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
406 as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
410 \begin_layout Section
414 \begin_layout Subsection
415 Basic File Operations
418 \begin_layout Standard
426 menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some
427 more advanced operations:
430 \begin_layout Itemize
439 \begin_layout Itemize
451 \begin_layout Itemize
460 \begin_layout Itemize
469 \begin_layout Itemize
478 \begin_layout Itemize
489 \begin_layout Itemize
498 \begin_layout Itemize
507 \begin_layout Itemize
517 \begin_layout Standard
518 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
519 a few minor differences.
525 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
534 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
535 you for a template to use.
536 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
537 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
538 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
541 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
542 reference "sec:doc-classes"
549 \begin_layout Standard
551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
574 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
575 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
578 \begin_layout Standard
586 command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
591 \begin_layout Standard
592 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
605 It will simply reload the document from disk.
606 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
607 and want to restore it to the last save.
610 \begin_layout Standard
611 The second matter of note concerns the commands
616 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
628 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
644 to save us all from our own stupidity.
645 That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
646 be informed that there are unsaved files.
649 \begin_layout Subsection
650 Basic Editing Features
653 \begin_layout Standard
654 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
655 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
656 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
657 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
659 We'll start with cut and paste.
662 \begin_layout Standard
663 As you might expect, the
670 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
671 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 \begin_layout Itemize
693 \begin_layout Itemize
701 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
705 \begin_layout Standard
706 The first three are self-explanatory.
707 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
708 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
717 keys also functions as the
722 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
723 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
724 it with what you just typed.
732 to get back the lost text.
735 \begin_layout Standard
741 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
748 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
758 The text you want to find goes in the
767 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
775 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
785 You can click to search again to skip the current word.
788 \begin_layout Standard
800 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
803 \begin_layout Standard
813 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
815 If the toggle is set, searching for
816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
827 will not match the word
828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
842 \begin_layout Standard
851 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
891 \begin_layout Subsection
895 \begin_layout Standard
896 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
897 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
903 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
910 to undo some mistake.
911 If you accidently undo too much, use
916 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
931 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
936 \begin_layout Standard
937 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
938 it was last saved, the
939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
946 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
947 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
950 \begin_layout Standard
965 work on almost everything in LyX.
966 They have some quirks, too.
981 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
982 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
996 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
997 hopefully appreciate how it works.
1000 \begin_layout Subsection
1001 Basic Mouse Bindings
1004 \begin_layout Standard
1005 We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
1006 Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
1007 can do with the mouse.
1008 Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
1011 \begin_layout Enumerate
1016 \begin_layout Itemize
1021 once anywhere in the edit window.
1022 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1026 \begin_layout Enumerate
1031 \begin_layout Itemize
1037 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1043 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1046 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer.
1049 \begin_layout Itemize
1050 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1055 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1062 \begin_layout Enumerate
1063 Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
1067 \begin_layout Standard
1072 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1073 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1077 \begin_layout Enumerate
1082 \begin_layout Standard
1087 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1092 \begin_layout Subsection
1094 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1095 name "sec: key bindings"
1102 \begin_layout Standard
1103 Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1104 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1106 I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character,
1107 and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa).
1110 \begin_layout Standard
1137 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1141 \begin_layout Labeling
1142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1147 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1148 If you don't understand this, go read Sections
1149 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1150 reference "sec:parindentintro"
1155 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1156 reference "sec:par-environments"
1160 , especially Section\InsetSpace ~
1162 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1163 reference "sec:parenvlists"
1169 If you're still confused, look in the
1176 \begin_layout Labeling
1177 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1190 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1191 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1194 \begin_layout Labeling
1195 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1206 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1207 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1211 \begin_layout Labeling
1212 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1227 you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System,
1231 works as expected and
1235 deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected].
1239 \begin_layout Standard
1240 If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
1241 by that, go read section
1242 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1243 reference "sec:x-win-keys"
1248 You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
1252 \begin_layout Standard
1253 Then there are the modifier keys:
1256 \begin_layout Labeling
1257 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1262 This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
1263 in combination with:
1267 \begin_layout Itemize
1276 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1279 \begin_layout Itemize
1288 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1291 \begin_layout Itemize
1300 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1304 \begin_layout Labeling
1305 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1310 Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
1311 and new cursor positions.
1314 \begin_layout Labeling
1315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1320 This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct
1322 Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have
1323 both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which
1324 one actually performs the
1329 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1331 menu accelerator keys
1334 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1335 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1339 \begin_layout Standard
1340 For example, the sequence
1341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 There are also other things bound to the
1389 key, but you'll have to check in the
1401 \begin_layout Standard
1402 Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
1403 you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
1404 the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
1405 and any existing keybindings for that action.
1406 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1407 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1408 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1424 followed by a capital
1430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1448 \begin_layout Section
1449 Using LyX with Other Programs
1452 \begin_layout Subsection
1453 Importing plain text files
1456 \begin_layout Standard
1457 You can import text from an plain text file using the
1462 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1467 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1482 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1487 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1500 \begin_layout Standard
1506 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1511 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1520 puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
1521 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
1522 However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
1523 paragraphs if you use this form of import.
1526 \begin_layout Standard
1532 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1537 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1547 preserves paragraphs in text files.
1548 Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
1554 to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
1560 , LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
1561 Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
1562 Remember: you must make sure there is a
1566 line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
1567 If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
1570 \begin_layout Subsection
1571 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
1574 \begin_layout Standard
1587 operations will transfer text to and from LyX.
1588 You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text
1589 that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the
1590 text with the middle mouse button.
1594 \begin_layout Standard
1595 Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X.
1596 Select the text with the mouse in another X window.
1597 Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button.
1600 \begin_layout Chapter
1601 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
1604 \begin_layout Section
1608 \begin_layout Standard
1609 If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
1610 can safely skip this chapter.
1611 It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
1612 distributed with it.
1615 \begin_layout Standard
1616 If you're installing LyX on your system,
1618 you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
1625 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1638 This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
1639 [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
1641 It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
1645 \begin_layout Standard
1646 This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
1647 LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
1655 \begin_layout Section
1657 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1665 \begin_layout Standard
1666 There are two ways to run LyX.
1667 The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
1668 Of course, you need root (administrator) privileges to do that.
1669 The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you
1670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1677 LyX somewhere in your own account.
1678 LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
1679 are put in the correct places.
1682 \begin_layout Standard
1683 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
1684 without resorting to configuration files.
1685 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
1686 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
1687 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
1692 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
1693 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
1694 which are not seen by LyX.
1695 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
1700 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1708 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
1709 As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
1710 about what has been found under
1715 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1726 \begin_layout Standard
1727 The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
1728 document-level setting that you can change via the
1733 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1741 To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your
1742 taste and save them with the
1749 Document\InsetSpace ~
1760 This will create a template named
1764 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
1765 such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them.
1768 \begin_layout Standard
1769 There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
1770 Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called
1775 It will then attempt to read a file called
1783 \begin_layout Standard
1788 file is found in different directories on different systems.
1789 This directory is called LyX's
1794 To find out where it is, use
1799 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1806 (You may set up an alternative user directory from the command line, using
1819 \begin_layout Standard
1825 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1832 dialog can be used to change these options; the document
1836 contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration
1840 \begin_layout Section
1841 Setting Up the X Keyboard [obsolescent]
1842 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1843 name "sec:x-win-keys"
1850 \begin_layout Standard
1851 To use LyX properly, X
1855 be set up correctly.
1856 This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
1857 of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
1858 On modern distributions, this likely has been taken care of, but if not,
1859 you must do this yourself.
1860 Administrators of large systems often neglect this, so don't assume that
1861 you're safe if you're using a large system.
1862 Also ordinary users can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
1865 \begin_layout Subsection
1866 xmodmap and xkeycaps
1869 \begin_layout Standard
1870 First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
1871 They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
1873 If you don't have them, install them.
1876 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1880 \begin_layout Standard
1881 This document contains no information on how to use
1895 To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command
1897 xmodmap\InsetSpace ~
1900 somewhere in your startup scripts [e.g.
1920 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1924 \begin_layout Standard
1925 This program brings up a graphical version of your keyboard, allows you
1926 to make modifications, and then spits those modifications out to the standard
1927 output in a form readable by
1932 It is very useful when you're trying to design a new
1936 file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
1939 \begin_layout Subsection
1940 Modifiers and Mode_switch
1943 \begin_layout Standard
1944 LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
1957 Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a
1961 key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
1963 This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like
1971 ) or as a prefix key.
1972 Here are some examples of what you can do with a
1979 \begin_layout Itemize
1985 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1991 \begin_layout Itemize
1997 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2003 \begin_layout Itemize
2009 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2015 \begin_layout Itemize
2021 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2027 \begin_layout Standard
2028 This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
2029 only from time to time.
2030 It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
2031 be used if you setup your locale correctly.
2034 \begin_layout Subsection
2035 Helpful Hints and Tips
2038 \begin_layout Standard
2039 First, open up two xterminals.
2040 Use one to edit a new
2053 , remap your keyboard the way you want it.
2058 to output the new keymap.
2063 will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
2064 Just copy and paste all of that into your
2068 file, and you're done.
2072 \begin_layout Standard
2073 You could also save yourself some typing by executing
2078 This will create a usable map file.
2086 \begin_layout Standard
2087 Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
2088 Try executing the command
2093 This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
2096 xmodmap -v -pke | more
2098 to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
2099 It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the
2106 \begin_layout Standard
2107 There's one thing you'll need to check.
2120 defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
2121 symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
2130 to the same operation.
2132 Other programs, however, use
2140 for different operations.
2141 LyX is one of these programs, and if you have
2149 labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
2152 \begin_layout Section
2156 \begin_layout Standard
2157 If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
2162 files, you'll need LaTeX.
2165 \begin_layout Standard
2166 In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX,
2167 a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
2171 \begin_layout Standard
2172 A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters,
2173 \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
2177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2184 That's how you pronounce
2185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2200 [If you're American, just pronounce the
2201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2221 TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a
2222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2229 format, or Dvi, for short.
2230 The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
2231 TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
2233 LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
2237 \begin_layout Standard
2238 Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed
2239 (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e).
2240 LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09.
2243 \begin_layout Standard
2244 If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
2245 For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain
2246 a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX)
2247 from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror.
2248 A complete list of mirrors may be found at
2251 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
2252 target "http://www.ctan.org"
2257 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2265 \begin_layout Section
2266 Dvips and Ghostscript
2269 \begin_layout Subsection
2273 \begin_layout Standard
2274 There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
2275 Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
2277 You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
2281 \begin_layout Itemize
2287 \begin_layout Itemize
2293 \begin_layout Itemize
2299 \begin_layout Itemize
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
2310 \begin_layout Standard
2311 PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
2312 is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
2319 If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked
2320 with LaTeX and should read the
2324 document before proceeding further.
2329 converts DVI files into PostScript, which is the format most printers use
2331 For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
2332 the PostScript through
2336 , which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
2337 The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
2338 every time you print.
2339 For now, we'll concentrate on
2346 \begin_layout Subsection
2348 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2349 name "sec:dvipsconfig"
2356 \begin_layout Standard
2357 Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
2358 you should configure
2368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2375 into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
2377 If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
2391 set up to send output to the default printer.
2392 For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
2395 \begin_layout Standard
2396 If you are not in a mood to configure
2400 to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section.
2401 Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could
2402 expect from your printer.
2403 At least, it will print.
2406 \begin_layout Standard
2407 If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular
2408 on Linux), you should run the program
2413 To make the name of a new printer recognized by
2417 you should then select menu entry
2422 Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the
2430 \begin_layout Standard
2431 Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform
2435 how to automagically convert a
2443 file adapted to printer
2447 , you need to have a config-file,
2448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2459 lying around somewhere.
2470 /usr/lib/texmf/dvips
2472 in most TeX distributions.
2473 Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
2474 main TeX directory for a subdirectory called
2475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2486 It'll be there somewhere.
2489 \begin_layout Standard
2490 Typically, there will be at least one config-file:
2495 This file is the default configuration file, which is
2503 \begin_layout Standard
2504 In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of
2515 Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula
2521 containing only the relevant lines.
2525 \begin_layout Standard
2526 There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file.
2527 There may exist a line that looks like,
2528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2539 [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
2542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2553 , so that the output is sent by default to printer
2558 However, you should probably investigate the entries
2559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2582 , which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the
2584 If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer
2585 driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the
2586 best possible result on your printer.
2587 Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different
2592 will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take
2596 \begin_layout Standard
2597 Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you
2598 should tell LyX to make use of this configuration.
2599 To do this, you should launch the
2608 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2619 tab, and set the entries
2632 \begin_layout Standard
2633 You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your
2635 The default printer for LyX can be specified from the
2646 environment variable.
2647 You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
2649 Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer
2654 \begin_layout Standard
2655 If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use
2659 as a filter for your print spooler.
2660 That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
2661 We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
2664 \begin_layout Standard
2665 Some people don't seem to like using the
2674 As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly
2675 into your printer language.
2676 You can specify this program in the
2681 There is a major disadvantage to this method.
2682 You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents,
2683 since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
2684 For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using
2696 \begin_layout Subsection
2697 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
2700 \begin_layout Standard
2714 files, while the later interfaces with
2718 to allow you to view PostScript files.
2721 \begin_layout Standard
2722 A quick note on both of these programs.
2723 Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
2727 \begin_layout Standard
2736 file, not the files used to make these.
2742 You can also force an update.
2743 So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
2745 Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
2749 \begin_layout Standard
2750 The LyX team recommends using
2754 for fine tuning documents.
2755 Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
2756 you can view the changes.
2760 \begin_layout Enumerate
2765 to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
2768 \begin_layout Enumerate
2769 Make changes to the document using LyX.
2772 \begin_layout Enumerate
2773 To view those changes, just choose
2778 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2783 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2791 When LaTeX's all done, click on the
2802 \begin_layout Standard
2803 Now, this doesn't mean
2812 is better suited to those occasions where you
2816 view the PostScript version of the document.
2817 For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
2823 There is an alternative to
2827 which sports a much better interface:
2832 LyX will automatically use it instead of
2839 \begin_layout Section
2843 \begin_layout Standard
2846 Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
2847 Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
2848 printers set up for your system.
2849 All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
2854 as described in the last section.
2857 \begin_layout Standard
2860 Those of you using Linux, however, may have a bit more work to do.
2861 Many people now install Linux from an ISO image of one of the popular distribut
2863 They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
2864 realize that they need to set up their printer.
2867 The more desktop friendly distributions may do this for you automatically.
2868 However, if you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a
2869 little something to help you out with that; check out the
2870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2888 \begin_layout Chapter
2892 \begin_layout Section
2896 \begin_layout Subsection
2900 \begin_layout Standard
2901 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2906 of document you want to edit.
2907 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2908 numbering schemes, and so on.
2909 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2910 and format the title of your document differently.
2913 \begin_layout Standard
2918 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2919 By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
2920 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2921 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2922 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2925 \begin_layout Standard
2926 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2927 how to fine-tune some of their properties.
2930 \begin_layout Subsection
2931 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2932 name "sec:doc-classes"
2936 The Various Document Classes
2939 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2943 \begin_layout Standard
2944 There are five standard document classes in LyX.
2948 \begin_layout Description
2949 Article for basic articles
2952 \begin_layout Description
2953 Report for basic reports
2956 \begin_layout Description
2957 Book for writing a book
2960 \begin_layout Description
2961 Letter for US-style letters
2964 \begin_layout Description
2965 Slides is used to make transparencies
2968 \begin_layout Standard
2969 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2970 a LaTeX setup that supports them:
2973 \begin_layout Description
2974 Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
2978 \begin_layout Description
2979 Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
2980 Mathematical Society].
2981 There are three amsart layouts available.
2982 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems,
2986 , that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2987 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2988 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2993 sequential numbering
2994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2997 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2998 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2999 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
3000 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
3003 \begin_layout Description
3004 Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
3005 Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
3006 you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
3007 that you would need to number results.
3010 \begin_layout Description
3011 Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
3014 \begin_layout Description
3015 Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than
3020 \begin_layout Description
3021 Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc).
3022 It allows LyX to produce SGML output.
3023 SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
3025 package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by
3032 \begin_layout Description
3033 Paper for use with the
3037 LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
3040 \begin_layout Description
3041 Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
3042 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
3044 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
3047 \begin_layout Standard
3048 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
3050 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
3055 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
3056 of the document classes.
3059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3063 \begin_layout Standard
3064 You can select a class using the
3071 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
3077 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
3081 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3085 \begin_layout Standard
3086 Each class has a default set of options.
3087 Here's a quick table describing them:
3090 \begin_layout Standard
3091 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3097 \begin_layout Standard
3099 \begin_inset Tabular
3100 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="5">
3102 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3103 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3107 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3111 \begin_layout Standard
3117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3120 \begin_layout Standard
3135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3138 \begin_layout Standard
3153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3156 \begin_layout Standard
3171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3174 \begin_layout Standard
3190 <row topline="true">
3191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3194 \begin_layout Standard
3208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3211 \begin_layout Standard
3226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3229 \begin_layout Standard
3244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3247 \begin_layout Standard
3262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3265 \begin_layout Standard
3281 <row topline="true">
3282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3285 \begin_layout Standard
3299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3302 \begin_layout Standard
3317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3320 \begin_layout Standard
3335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3338 \begin_layout Standard
3353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3356 \begin_layout Standard
3372 <row topline="true">
3373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3376 \begin_layout Standard
3390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3393 \begin_layout Standard
3408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3411 \begin_layout Standard
3426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3429 \begin_layout Standard
3444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3447 \begin_layout Standard
3463 <row topline="true">
3464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3467 \begin_layout Standard
3481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3484 \begin_layout Standard
3499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3502 \begin_layout Standard
3517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3520 \begin_layout Standard
3535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3538 \begin_layout Standard
3553 <row topline="true">
3554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3557 \begin_layout Standard
3571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3574 \begin_layout Standard
3589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3592 \begin_layout Standard
3607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3610 \begin_layout Standard
3625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3628 \begin_layout Standard
3644 <row topline="true">
3645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3648 \begin_layout Standard
3662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3665 \begin_layout Standard
3680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3683 \begin_layout Standard
3698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3701 \begin_layout Standard
3716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3719 \begin_layout Standard
3735 <row topline="true">
3736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3739 \begin_layout Standard
3753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3756 \begin_layout Standard
3771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3774 \begin_layout Standard
3789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3792 \begin_layout Standard
3807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3810 \begin_layout Standard
3826 <row topline="true">
3827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3830 \begin_layout Standard
3844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3847 \begin_layout Standard
3862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3865 \begin_layout Standard
3880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3883 \begin_layout Standard
3898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3901 \begin_layout Standard
3916 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3920 \begin_layout Standard
3934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3937 \begin_layout Standard
3952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3955 \begin_layout Standard
3970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3973 \begin_layout Standard
3988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3991 \begin_layout Standard
4014 \begin_layout Standard
4015 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
4021 \begin_layout Standard
4022 There is no default value of
4031 for any of these classes.
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 You're probably also wondering what
4037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4046 There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
4047 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
4052 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
4057 Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
4067 headings, there are also
4075 headings, and so on.
4076 We'll describe these headings fully in section
4077 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4078 reference "sec:parenvheadings"
4085 \begin_layout Subsection
4086 Fine-tuning the Defaults
4089 \begin_layout Standard
4090 Okay, we know we never told you what most of these
4091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4106 That's what this section is for.
4109 \begin_layout Labeling
4110 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4118 This is another list, containing five options.
4119 It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
4123 \begin_layout Standard
4124 LaTeX does this part.
4133 \begin_layout Labeling
4134 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4139 Use default pagestyle of current class.
4142 \begin_layout Labeling
4143 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4148 No page numbers or headings.
4151 \begin_layout Labeling
4152 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4160 \begin_layout Labeling
4161 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4166 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
4167 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
4168 which is the maximum sectioning level.
4171 \begin_layout Labeling
4172 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4177 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
4183 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
4184 To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
4186 Check the documentation for the
4190 package for more details.
4194 \begin_layout Labeling
4195 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4200 No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper!
4201 However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
4207 have a printer that duplexes
4211 \begin_layout Standard
4213 prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
4218 , your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page
4219 and the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
4223 \begin_layout Standard
4224 There are two radio buttons here:
4228 for single-sided documents,
4232 for double-sided documents.
4236 \begin_layout Labeling
4237 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4242 Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
4243 You can choose, using the toggle buttons,
4251 for the number of columns.
4256 \begin_layout Standard
4257 Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
4258 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
4263 be two columns in the generated output.
4267 \begin_layout Labeling
4268 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4284 takes several options.
4285 LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
4286 This text box allows you to enter in others.
4287 Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
4288 See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
4292 \begin_layout Labeling
4293 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4298 This has its own section.
4301 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4302 reference "sec:parindentintro"
4306 for a description of what this does.
4309 \begin_layout Subsection
4310 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
4313 \begin_layout Standard
4314 There are several other options to set in the
4316 Document\InsetSpace ~
4320 All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
4321 affect certain features.
4322 We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
4323 features they affect.
4326 \begin_layout Standard
4327 There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
4328 we'll describe them here.
4329 You'll find them in the
4340 \begin_layout Labeling
4341 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4346 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
4364 \begin_layout Labeling
4365 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4374 What size paper to print on.
4379 \begin_layout Itemize
4385 \begin_layout Itemize
4395 \begin_layout Itemize
4401 \begin_layout Itemize
4407 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 \begin_layout Itemize
4419 \begin_layout Itemize
4426 \begin_layout Standard
4427 Some of these settings require you to have the
4432 This package will also allow you to set the margins in the
4439 \begin_layout Subsection
4443 \begin_layout Standard
4444 If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert
4449 That includes the paragraph environments.
4450 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
4452 Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
4453 If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
4454 paragraph environments to
4458 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
4459 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
4460 the conversion and why it failed.
4463 \begin_layout Section
4464 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4467 \begin_layout Subsection
4469 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4470 name "sec:parindentintro"
4477 \begin_layout Standard
4478 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4479 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4482 \begin_layout Standard
4483 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4484 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4485 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4486 LyX uses the same convention you find among typographers.
4491 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4497 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4498 Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
4499 paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
4503 \begin_layout Standard
4504 There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
4505 LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX
4510 You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
4519 \begin_layout Standard
4520 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4521 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
4523 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4524 LyX takes care of that.
4525 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4527 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4528 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4529 of a page, and so on.
4533 \begin_layout Standard
4534 Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4539 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4540 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4544 of these pre-coded spacings.
4545 We'll explain more later.
4548 \begin_layout Subsection
4549 Global Indentation Method
4552 \begin_layout Standard
4553 To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
4568 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4571 \begin_layout Subsection
4575 \begin_layout Standard
4576 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4582 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4587 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
4590 dialog and toggle the
4597 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
4598 If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
4599 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4600 button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph
4604 \begin_layout Standard
4605 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4606 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4607 Typically, you'll select
4622 for the entire document and edit away.
4625 \begin_layout Subsection
4626 Changing Line Spacing
4629 \begin_layout Standard
4635 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4642 dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the
4649 \begin_layout Section
4650 Paragraph Environments
4651 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4652 name "sec:par-environments"
4659 \begin_layout Subsection
4663 \begin_layout Standard
4664 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
4667 \begin_layout Standard
4691 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
4692 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4693 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4702 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4705 \begin_layout Standard
4706 A paragraph environment is simply a
4707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4714 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4715 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4716 scheme, labels, and so on.
4717 Additionally, you can
4718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4725 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4726 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4727 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4728 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4729 days of typewriters.
4730 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4732 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4735 \begin_layout Standard
4736 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
4738 LyX will change the environment of the
4742 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4743 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4744 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4748 \begin_layout Standard
4757 create a new paragraph using the
4761 paragraph environment.
4763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4770 because this isn't always the case.
4774 \begin_layout Standard
4775 If you are in one of these environments:
4779 \begin_layout Standard
4789 \begin_layout Standard
4793 \begin_layout Standard
4807 \begin_layout Itemize
4813 \begin_layout Itemize
4819 \begin_layout Standard
4823 \begin_layout Standard
4835 \begin_layout Itemize
4841 \begin_layout Itemize
4847 \begin_layout Standard
4851 \begin_layout Standard
4863 \begin_layout Itemize
4869 \begin_layout Itemize
4875 \begin_layout Standard
4879 \begin_layout Standard
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4897 \begin_layout Standard
4901 \begin_layout Standard
4911 \begin_layout Standard
4912 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4916 , rather than resetting it to
4921 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4926 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4927 and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section
4928 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4929 reference "sec:nest"
4934 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4939 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4940 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4948 \begin_layout Subsection
4952 \begin_layout Standard
4953 The default paragraph environment is
4958 It creates a plain paragraph.
4959 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4960 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
4961 this manual] are in the
4968 \begin_layout Standard
4969 You can nest a paragraph using the
4973 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4981 \begin_layout Subsection
4985 \begin_layout Standard
4986 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
4988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4995 for thanks or contact information.
4996 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4997 page along with today's date.
4998 For other types of documents, the title
4999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5006 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
5010 \begin_layout Standard
5011 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
5025 Here's how you use them:
5028 \begin_layout Itemize
5029 Put the title of your document in the
5036 \begin_layout Itemize
5037 Put the author name in the
5044 \begin_layout Itemize
5045 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
5046 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
5052 Note that using this environment is optional.
5053 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
5056 \begin_layout Standard
5057 Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
5058 You can use footnotes to insert
5059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5066 or contact information.
5069 \begin_layout Subsection
5071 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5072 name "sec:parenvheadings"
5079 \begin_layout Standard
5080 There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
5081 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
5082 All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
5086 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5090 \begin_layout Standard
5091 There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
5092 \begin_inset Note Note
5095 \begin_layout Standard
5096 Why no mention of Part ?
5104 \begin_layout Enumerate
5110 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 \begin_layout Enumerate
5122 \begin_layout Enumerate
5128 \begin_layout Enumerate
5134 \begin_layout Enumerate
5140 \begin_layout Standard
5141 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
5142 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
5143 These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
5144 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
5145 You group the book into chapters.
5146 LyX does similar grouping:
5149 \begin_layout Itemize
5158 is the maximum sectioning level.
5161 \begin_layout Itemize
5173 \begin_layout Itemize
5185 \begin_layout Itemize
5197 \begin_layout Itemize
5209 \begin_layout Itemize
5221 \begin_layout Standard
5226 not all document types use the
5230 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
5235 is the top-level heading.
5238 \begin_layout Standard
5243 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
5244 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
5246 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
5248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5262 \begin_layout Standard
5263 There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
5267 \begin_layout Enumerate
5273 \begin_layout Enumerate
5279 \begin_layout Enumerate
5285 \begin_layout Standard
5287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5294 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5295 They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
5298 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5299 Changing the Numbering
5300 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5301 name "sub:section-depth"
5308 \begin_layout Standard
5309 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5310 in the Table of Contents.
5311 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5313 Certain classes start with
5327 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5337 This is something you can change.
5340 \begin_layout Standard
5346 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5354 You should see a counter labelled
5356 Section\InsetSpace ~
5365 This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
5367 Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
5368 here's a table of values and what they do:
5371 \begin_layout Standard
5372 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5378 \begin_layout Standard
5380 \begin_inset Tabular
5381 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
5383 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
5384 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
5385 <row topline="true">
5386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5389 \begin_layout Standard
5406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5409 \begin_layout Standard
5424 <row bottomline="true">
5425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5428 \begin_layout Standard
5442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5445 \begin_layout Standard
5460 <row topline="true">
5461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5464 \begin_layout Standard
5478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5481 \begin_layout Standard
5490 no numbering of any kind
5496 <row topline="true">
5497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5500 \begin_layout Standard
5514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5517 \begin_layout Standard
5537 <row topline="true">
5538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5541 \begin_layout Standard
5555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5558 \begin_layout Standard
5574 <row topline="true">
5575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5578 \begin_layout Standard
5592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5595 \begin_layout Standard
5611 <row topline="true">
5612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5615 \begin_layout Standard
5629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5632 \begin_layout Standard
5648 <row topline="true">
5649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5652 \begin_layout Standard
5666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5669 \begin_layout Standard
5689 <row topline="true">
5690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5693 \begin_layout Standard
5707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5710 \begin_layout Standard
5730 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
5731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5751 \begin_layout Standard
5778 \begin_layout Standard
5779 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5785 \begin_layout Standard
5786 The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
5787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5794 will number parts and chapters, while
5795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5802 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
5803 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter
5809 the default article class), then the numbering begins at the
5814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5832 \begin_layout Standard
5833 There's another counter in the dialog, called
5837 contents\InsetSpace ~
5841 It works the same way as
5843 Section\InsetSpace ~
5844 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5847 , only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
5849 This is a great control to have.
5850 Suppose you wanted to number
5854 sectioning heading, but you only wanted
5866 s in the Table of Contents.
5869 Section\InsetSpace ~
5870 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5883 Table of contents\InsetSpace ~
5887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5894 and voilà! You're all set.
5897 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5901 \begin_layout Standard
5902 The following information applies to
5941 \begin_layout Itemize
5942 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5945 \begin_layout Itemize
5946 You can only use inlined math in these environments.
5949 \begin_layout Itemize
5950 You cannot nest other environments into these environments.
5953 \begin_layout Itemize
5954 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5957 \begin_layout Standard
5958 As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
5959 using them everywhere in the manuals.
5962 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5963 Creating an Appendix
5966 \begin_layout Standard
5967 To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading.
5968 Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select
5973 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5981 ppendix\InsetSpace ~
5985 A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate
5986 there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section
5987 label(s) will be changed to a letter.
5990 \begin_layout Subsection
5994 \begin_layout Standard
5995 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
6009 Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
6010 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
6011 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
6012 the text they contain.
6013 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
6021 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
6024 \begin_layout Standard
6025 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
6034 when you start a new paragraph.
6035 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
6039 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
6040 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
6041 to change back to the
6045 environment yourself.
6048 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6058 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6066 \begin_layout Standard
6067 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
6068 time for the differences.
6077 are identical except for one difference:
6081 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
6090 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
6093 \begin_layout Standard
6094 Here's an example of the
6107 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
6109 See - no indentation!
6113 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
6114 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
6115 the other paragraph.
6118 \begin_layout Standard
6119 That ends that example.
6120 Here's another example, this time in the
6127 \begin_layout Quotation
6133 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
6134 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
6135 the first line, then
6139 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
6143 you were quoting other text.
6146 \begin_layout Quotation
6147 Here's a new paragraph.
6148 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
6149 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
6152 \begin_layout Standard
6153 That was our other example.
6154 As the example notes,
6158 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
6159 They should put quotes in the
6164 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
6168 paragraph environment for quoted text.
6171 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6175 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6183 \begin_layout Standard
6188 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
6195 Which I did not rehearse!
6199 It could be much worse.
6200 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
6202 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
6203 indented a bit more than the first.
6204 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
6211 And make things look fine
6220 \begin_layout Standard
6225 does not indent both margins.
6226 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
6227 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
6238 \begin_layout Subsection
6240 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6241 name "sec:parenvlists"
6248 \begin_layout Standard
6249 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
6259 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
6268 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
6269 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
6270 some general features of all four of them.
6273 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6277 \begin_layout Standard
6278 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
6280 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
6289 reset the environment to
6293 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
6294 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
6295 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
6300 to break paragraphs.
6303 \begin_layout Standard
6304 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
6305 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
6307 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
6308 you read all of section
6309 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6310 reference "sec:nest"
6318 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6324 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6332 \begin_layout Standard
6333 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
6337 paragraph environment.
6338 It has the following properties:
6341 \begin_layout Itemize
6342 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
6346 \begin_layout Itemize
6347 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
6350 \begin_layout Itemize
6351 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
6355 \begin_layout Itemize
6356 The items can be any length.
6357 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
6358 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
6365 \begin_layout Itemize
6370 environment inside another
6374 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
6378 \begin_layout Itemize
6379 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
6382 \begin_layout Itemize
6383 LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
6386 \begin_layout Itemize
6388 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6389 reference "sec:nest"
6393 for a full explanation of nesting.
6397 \begin_layout Standard
6398 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
6407 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
6410 \begin_layout Standard
6411 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
6412 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
6413 Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
6416 \begin_layout Itemize
6417 The label for the first level
6421 is a large black dot, or bullet.
6425 \begin_layout Itemize
6426 The label for the second level is a dash.
6430 \begin_layout Itemize
6431 The label for the third is an asterisk.
6435 \begin_layout Itemize
6436 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
6440 \begin_layout Itemize
6441 Back out to the third level.
6445 \begin_layout Itemize
6446 Back to the second level.
6450 \begin_layout Itemize
6451 Back to the outermost level.
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 These are the default labels for an
6460 You can customize these labels in the
6464 \begin_layout Standard
6478 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6492 \begin_layout Standard
6493 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
6494 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
6496 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6497 reference "sec:nest"
6505 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6511 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6512 name "sec:enumerate"
6519 \begin_layout Standard
6524 environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
6525 It has these properties:
6528 \begin_layout Enumerate
6529 Each item has a numeral as its label.
6533 \begin_layout Enumerate
6534 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
6538 \begin_layout Enumerate
6539 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
6542 \begin_layout Enumerate
6547 environment resets the counter to one.
6550 \begin_layout Enumerate
6563 \begin_layout Enumerate
6564 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
6565 Items can be any length.
6568 \begin_layout Enumerate
6569 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
6572 \begin_layout Enumerate
6573 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
6576 \begin_layout Enumerate
6577 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
6581 \begin_layout Standard
6594 show the different labels for each item.
6595 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
6602 \begin_layout Enumerate
6603 The first level of an
6607 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
6611 \begin_layout Enumerate
6612 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
6616 \begin_layout Enumerate
6617 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
6621 \begin_layout Enumerate
6622 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
6625 \begin_layout Enumerate
6626 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
6631 \begin_layout Enumerate
6632 Back to the third level
6636 \begin_layout Enumerate
6637 Back to the second level.
6641 \begin_layout Enumerate
6642 Back to the outermost level.
6645 \begin_layout Standard
6646 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
6651 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
6656 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
6657 not on the LyX screen.
6660 \begin_layout Standard
6661 There is more to nesting
6665 environments than we've stated here.
6671 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6672 reference "sec:nest"
6676 to learn more about nesting.
6679 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6685 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6686 name "sec:descrlist"
6693 \begin_layout Standard
6694 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6698 list has no fixed label.
6699 Instead, LyX uses the first
6700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6707 of the first line as the label.
6711 \begin_layout Description
6712 Example: This is an example of the
6719 \begin_layout Standard
6720 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6724 \begin_layout Standard
6725 Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
6726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6729 uses the first 'word'.
6730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6737 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
6746 key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
6750 \begin_layout Standard
6751 However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
6756 environment? Simple: use a
6767 Special\InsetSpace ~
6772 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6777 otected\InsetSpace ~
6790 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6791 reference "sec:hspace"
6795 for more info.] Here's an example:
6798 \begin_layout Description
6800 Example: This one shows how to use a
6802 Protected\InsetSpace ~
6812 \begin_layout Description
6813 Usage: You should use the
6817 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6818 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6820 It's not a good idea to use a
6824 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6825 You're better off using
6837 paragraphs into them.
6840 \begin_layout Description
6841 Nesting: You can, of course, nest
6845 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6849 \begin_layout Standard
6850 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6851 them from the first line.
6854 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6860 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6868 \begin_layout Standard
6873 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6877 \begin_layout Standard
6878 Now, if you jumped here without reading sections
6879 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6880 reference "sec:itemize"
6885 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6886 reference "sec:descrlist"
6899 create numbered lists.
6904 does, and it's documented in section
6905 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6906 reference "sec:enumerate"
6914 \begin_layout Standard
6923 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6924 There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
6928 \begin_layout Labeling
6929 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6931 labels LyX uses the first
6932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6939 of each line as the item label.
6944 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6945 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6946 blank as described above.
6949 \begin_layout Labeling
6950 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6951 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6952 the body of the item text.
6953 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6954 label width plus a little extra space.
6958 \begin_layout Labeling
6959 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6961 width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width
6962 of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
6963 If the actual width is larger, then the label
6964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6971 into the first line.
6972 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6973 margin of the rest of the item text.
6976 \begin_layout Labeling
6977 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6978 default\InsetSpace ~
6979 width You can very easily set this default width.
6980 It's quite painless, actually.
6981 So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
6985 environment have the same left margin.
6988 \begin_layout Labeling
6989 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6990 uses You should use the
6994 environment the same way you'd use as
6998 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
7004 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
7008 \begin_layout Labeling
7009 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
7010 nesting You can nest
7014 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
7016 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
7018 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7019 reference "sec:nest"
7023 to learn about nesting.
7026 \begin_layout Standard
7027 As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
7030 \begin_layout Standard
7031 To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
7033 You can also simply move the cursor into a
7037 item if you want to change only its label width.
7043 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7048 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
7062 box determines the default label width.
7063 If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
7064 here, but you don't need to.
7065 We recommend using the letter
7066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7074 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
7075 The default label width in the example
7080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7096 as your unit of width in the
7101 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
7107 every time you alter a label in a
7114 \begin_layout Standard
7115 There's yet another feature of the
7119 environment we need to tell you about.
7120 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
7121 You can use additional
7125 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
7131 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7132 reference "sec:hspace"
7137 Here are some examples:
7140 \begin_layout Labeling
7141 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7142 Left The default for
7149 \begin_layout Labeling
7150 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7157 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
7160 \begin_layout Labeling
7161 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7170 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
7173 \begin_layout Standard
7174 Don't worry if you have no idea what
7179 Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the
7186 \begin_layout Standard
7187 That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
7188 Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
7190 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7191 reference "sec:nest"
7195 if you want to use any of these list environments?
7198 \begin_layout Subsection
7202 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7215 \begin_layout Standard
7216 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7227 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7228 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7229 In contrast, you can use the
7238 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7239 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7243 \begin_layout Standard
7244 Of course, you're not limited to using
7259 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7260 some European academic papers.
7263 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7265 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7266 name "sec:adress_usage"
7273 \begin_layout Standard
7278 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7279 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7285 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7286 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7287 Here's an example of each:
7290 \begin_layout Right Address
7297 When is it? What is today?
7300 \begin_layout Standard
7307 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7308 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7309 Here's an example of the
7316 \begin_layout Address
7319 Where do I send this
7321 Your post office and country
7324 \begin_layout Standard
7325 As you can see, both
7334 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7335 Speaking of which, if you hit
7339 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7345 This makes sense, however, since
7353 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7364 Special\InsetSpace ~
7369 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7383 menu] to start a new line in an
7395 \begin_layout Subsection
7399 \begin_layout Standard
7400 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7401 or list of references.
7402 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7405 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7416 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7421 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7425 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7430 environment is only useful in the
7431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7446 document classes [as well as
7447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7454 which is just a specialized version of
7455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7471 document class ignores the
7475 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7490 \begin_layout Standard
7495 environment does several things for you.
7496 First, it puts the centered label
7497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7505 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7507 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7508 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7509 the subsequent text.
7510 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7511 If your document is in the
7512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7519 class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
7520 version of the file.
7523 \begin_layout Standard
7524 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7532 reset the paragraph environment.
7533 The new paragraph will still be in the
7538 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7539 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7542 \begin_layout Standard
7543 We'd love to give you an example of the
7547 environment, but we can't, since this document is in the
7548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7556 If you've never heard of an
7557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7564 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7567 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7573 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7574 name "sec:bibliography"
7581 \begin_layout Standard
7586 environment is used to list references.
7591 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7595 only use it at the end of the document.
7596 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7600 in anything else or vice versa.
7604 \begin_layout Standard
7605 When you first open a
7609 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7625 depending on the document class.
7626 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7627 Each paragraph of the
7631 environment is a bibliography entry.
7640 reset the paragraph environment.
7641 Each new paragraph is still in the
7648 \begin_layout Standard
7657 of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number.
7658 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
7667 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
7669 For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
7671 We could choose the key
7672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7680 You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box.
7683 \begin_layout Standard
7688 field isn't useless.
7689 You can refer to your bibliography entries using the
7694 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7702 Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference
7703 by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list.
7704 Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key.
7709 appears at the end of this document.
7711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7715 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7721 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7723 key "latexcompanion"
7728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7731 is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
7732 In the second one, we used the
7741 field of the citation dialog to add the text
7742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7766 that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
7767 of the bibliography entry.
7770 \begin_layout Standard
7771 The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by
7773 For a description of how to use it, please refer to the
7775 Extended LyX Features
7780 \begin_layout Subsection
7784 \begin_layout Standard
7785 There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
7786 category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
7787 We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
7790 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7796 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7797 name "sec:captionlayout"
7804 \begin_layout Standard
7809 environment is the default paragraph environment for
7820 On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label
7821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7836 , depending on which type of
7841 The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed
7845 \begin_layout Standard
7846 You can't really nest things into a
7851 Additionally, hitting
7855 resets the paragraph environment to
7863 can only be a single paragraph.
7866 \begin_layout Standard
7871 environment outside of a
7883 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7884 reference "sec:figures"
7889 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7890 reference "sec:tables"
7894 for more information on
7908 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7914 \begin_layout Standard
7919 environment is another LyX extension.
7920 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7925 key as a fixed whitespace;
7929 \begin_layout Standard
7940 Protected\InsetSpace ~
7943 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7948 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7949 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7971 reset the paragraph environment.
7972 So, when you finish using the
7976 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7985 environment inside of others.
7988 \begin_layout Standard
7989 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7992 \begin_layout Itemize
7997 at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
8009 \begin_layout Itemize
8022 \begin_layout Itemize
8027 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
8034 \begin_layout Itemize
8043 \begin_layout Itemize
8044 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
8045 You must put at least one
8049 in any line you want blank.
8050 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
8053 \begin_layout Itemize
8054 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
8058 since that will insert
8063 You get the typewriter double quotes with
8071 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
8074 \begin_layout Standard
8078 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8082 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8086 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8090 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8094 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8100 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8104 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8108 \begin_layout Standard
8109 This is just the standard
8110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8121 \begin_layout Standard
8126 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
8127 rc-files, and so on.
8128 Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
8129 text as if you used a typewriter.
8132 \begin_layout Section
8133 Nesting Environments
8134 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8142 \begin_layout Subsection
8146 \begin_layout Standard
8147 Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to
8148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8151 go read Section\InsetSpace ~
8153 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8154 reference "sec:nest"
8159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8162 So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
8165 \begin_layout Standard
8166 The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional
8167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8171 processor-as-overglorified-typewriter
8172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8176 With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
8177 Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
8178 screen and bytes in memory.
8179 In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
8180 and specific properties.
8181 However, what if you wanted one
8182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8189 to inherit some of the properties of another
8190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8200 \begin_layout Standard
8201 Here's a more specific example: outlines.
8202 You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
8203 In other words, you have a list
8207 of another list, with the inner list
8208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8218 \begin_layout Enumerate
8222 \begin_layout Enumerate
8227 \begin_layout Enumerate
8231 \begin_layout Enumerate
8236 \begin_layout Enumerate
8240 \begin_layout Standard
8241 How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious:
8242 you nest one list inside the other.
8246 \begin_layout Standard
8247 How to nest an environment is quite simple.
8253 ncrease\InsetSpace ~
8254 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8262 ecrease\InsetSpace ~
8263 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8273 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8274 will tell you how far you are nested).
8277 \begin_layout Standard
8278 You can also use the convenient key bindings
8288 \begin_layout Standard
8299 are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings
8306 to change the nesting level.
8307 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8308 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8312 \begin_layout Standard
8313 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8314 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8315 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8316 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8317 It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
8318 That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
8319 Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
8323 \begin_layout Standard
8324 Nesting isn't just limited to lists.
8325 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8327 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8330 \begin_layout Subsection
8331 What You Can and Can't Nest
8334 \begin_layout Standard
8335 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8336 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8339 \begin_layout Standard
8340 The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
8341 can you or can't you.
8342 There's also the question of how.
8343 Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
8344 environment into it? A
8345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8352 to one of these doesn't guarantee a
8353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8363 \begin_layout Standard
8364 The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
8366 First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
8367 Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
8368 You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
8370 There is one last type of environment.
8371 You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
8372 You can't nest anything into them.
8375 \begin_layout Standard
8376 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8377 environments have them:
8381 \begin_layout Standard
8382 For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both
8391 Also, LyX allows you to nest
8403 into other environments.
8405 LaTeX may barf if you try it.
8406 Then again, it may not.
8407 We don't know for certain.
8408 However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
8409 environments, so why would you ever want to?
8417 \begin_layout Description
8418 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8419 Can't nest into them.
8423 \begin_layout Itemize
8429 \begin_layout Itemize
8435 \begin_layout Itemize
8441 \begin_layout Itemize
8448 \begin_layout Description
8450 Nestable You can nest them.
8451 You can nest other things into them.
8455 \begin_layout Itemize
8461 \begin_layout Itemize
8467 \begin_layout Itemize
8473 \begin_layout Itemize
8479 \begin_layout Itemize
8485 \begin_layout Itemize
8491 \begin_layout Itemize
8497 \begin_layout Itemize
8503 \begin_layout Itemize
8510 \begin_layout Description
8511 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
8512 You can't nest anything into them.
8516 \begin_layout Itemize
8522 \begin_layout Itemize
8528 \begin_layout Itemize
8536 \begin_layout Itemize
8542 \begin_layout Itemize
8548 \begin_layout Itemize
8556 \begin_layout Itemize
8562 \begin_layout Itemize
8568 \begin_layout Itemize
8574 \begin_layout Itemize
8580 \begin_layout Itemize
8586 \begin_layout Itemize
8592 \begin_layout Itemize
8598 \begin_layout Itemize
8605 \begin_layout Itemize
8611 \begin_layout Itemize
8618 \begin_layout Subsection
8619 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8620 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8621 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
8628 \begin_layout Standard
8629 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8630 affected by nesting anyhow.
8634 \begin_layout Itemize
8638 \begin_layout Itemize
8642 \begin_layout Itemize
8646 \begin_layout Standard
8647 [Note: if you put a figure or a table in a
8651 , this is no longer true.
8652 See below or look in sections
8653 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8654 reference "sec:figures"
8659 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8660 reference "sec:tables"
8667 \begin_layout Standard
8668 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8669 Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
8670 If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
8674 \begin_layout Standard
8675 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8683 of its own, it behaves just like a
8684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8691 paragraph environment.
8692 You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
8696 \begin_layout Standard
8697 Here's an example with a table:
8700 \begin_layout Enumerate
8705 \begin_layout Enumerate
8706 This is (a) and it's nested.
8710 \begin_layout Standard
8711 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8717 \begin_layout Standard
8719 \begin_inset Tabular
8720 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8722 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8723 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8724 <row topline="true">
8725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8728 \begin_layout Standard
8743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8746 \begin_layout Standard
8762 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8766 \begin_layout Standard
8781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8784 \begin_layout Standard
8807 \begin_layout Standard
8808 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8815 \begin_layout Enumerate
8817 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8821 \begin_layout Enumerate
8825 \begin_layout Standard
8826 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8829 \begin_layout Enumerate
8834 \begin_layout Enumerate
8835 This is (a) and it's nested.
8839 \begin_layout Standard
8840 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8846 \begin_layout Standard
8848 \begin_inset Tabular
8849 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8851 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8852 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8853 <row topline="true">
8854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8857 \begin_layout Standard
8872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8875 \begin_layout Standard
8891 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8895 \begin_layout Standard
8910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8913 \begin_layout Standard
8936 \begin_layout Standard
8937 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8943 \begin_layout Enumerate
8950 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8953 \begin_layout Enumerate
8957 \begin_layout Standard
8958 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8962 \begin_layout Standard
8963 There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
8965 LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
8968 \begin_layout Enumerate
8973 \begin_layout Enumerate
8974 This is (a) and it's nested.
8977 \begin_layout Standard
8978 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8984 \begin_layout Standard
8986 \begin_inset Tabular
8987 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8990 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8991 <row topline="true">
8992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8995 \begin_layout Standard
9010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9013 \begin_layout Standard
9029 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
9030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9033 \begin_layout Standard
9048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9051 \begin_layout Standard
9074 \begin_layout Standard
9075 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9081 \begin_layout Enumerate
9083 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
9091 \begin_layout Enumerate
9095 \begin_layout Standard
9096 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
9102 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
9103 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
9107 \begin_layout Standard
9108 Then there are the so-called
9117 is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
9118 have a fixed location.
9120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9127 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
9148 When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed
9152 looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph
9158 has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual
9159 location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
9162 \begin_layout Subsection
9163 Usage and General Features
9166 \begin_layout Standard
9167 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
9169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9176 is the innermost possible depth.
9177 Here's an example to display what we mean:
9180 \begin_layout Enumerate
9181 level #1 - outermost
9185 \begin_layout Enumerate
9190 \begin_layout Enumerate
9195 \begin_layout Enumerate
9200 \begin_layout Itemize
9205 \begin_layout Itemize
9214 \begin_layout Standard
9215 Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
9216 paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
9220 \begin_layout Standard
9221 Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9222 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9223 to produce output for your document.
9228 That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a
9236 environment, and so on.
9237 You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
9240 \begin_layout Standard
9241 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
9242 both of them in the example.
9243 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
9253 For example, if we tried to nest another
9258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9269 \begin_layout Standard
9270 Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9271 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9272 to produce output for your document.
9280 \begin_layout Subsection
9284 \begin_layout Standard
9285 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9286 We have several examples of nested environments.
9287 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9291 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9292 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9295 \begin_layout Labeling
9296 \labelwidthstring MMM
9297 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9306 \begin_layout Labeling
9307 \labelwidthstring MMM
9308 #2-a This is level #2.
9309 We created it by using
9322 \begin_layout Labeling
9323 \labelwidthstring MMM
9324 #3-a This is level #3.
9325 This time, we just hit
9335 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9349 \begin_layout Standard
9354 environment, nested inside of
9355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9363 So, it's at level #4.
9364 We did this by hitting
9373 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9378 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
9394 \begin_layout Standard
9399 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9406 \begin_layout Labeling
9407 \labelwidthstring MMM
9408 #4-a This is level #4.
9413 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9418 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
9422 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9427 keep nesting things inside of
9428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9439 \begin_layout Labeling
9440 \labelwidthstring MMM
9441 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9446 \begin_layout Labeling
9447 \labelwidthstring MMM
9448 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9449 and this is level #6.
9450 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9454 \begin_layout Labeling
9455 \labelwidthstring MMM
9456 #5-b Back to level #5.
9470 \begin_layout Labeling
9471 \labelwidthstring MMM
9481 , we're back at level #4.
9485 \begin_layout Labeling
9486 \labelwidthstring MMM
9487 #3-b Back to level #3.
9488 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9492 \begin_layout Labeling
9493 \labelwidthstring MMM
9494 #2-b Back to level #2.
9499 \begin_layout Labeling
9500 \labelwidthstring MMM
9501 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9502 After this sentence, we'll hit
9506 and change the paragraph environment back to
9513 \begin_layout Standard
9514 There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the
9530 environment in place of the
9535 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9538 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9539 Example #2: Inheritance
9542 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9543 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9546 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9556 , after which, we'll change to the
9564 \begin_layout Enumerate
9569 environment, at level #2.
9572 \begin_layout Enumerate
9573 Notice how the nested
9577 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
9581 ], but also inherits its font and spacing!
9585 \begin_layout Standard
9586 We ended this example by hitting
9591 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9595 and resetting the nesting depth by using
9603 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9604 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
9616 \begin_layout Standard
9617 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9625 \begin_layout Enumerate
9626 This is level #1, in an
9630 paragraph environment.
9631 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9635 \begin_layout Enumerate
9647 Now, what happens if we nest an
9651 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9652 label be? An asterisk?
9656 \begin_layout Itemize
9666 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9667 So, its label is a bullet.
9668 [Note: we got here by using
9677 , then changing the environment to
9685 \begin_layout Itemize
9686 Here's level #4, produced using
9696 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9701 \begin_layout Enumerate
9702 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9704 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9709 Notice the type of numbering! It's
9737 \begin_layout Enumerate
9742 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9743 type of numbering does LyX use?
9746 \begin_layout Enumerate
9747 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9751 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9754 \begin_layout Enumerate
9760 to decrease the depth after the next
9768 \begin_layout Enumerate
9770 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9774 \begin_layout Enumerate
9776 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9777 numeral as the label.
9781 \begin_layout Enumerate
9782 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9791 Notice, however, that LyX
9795 reset the counter for the label.
9799 \begin_layout Enumerate
9809 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9810 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9811 into the twofold-nested
9819 \begin_layout Enumerate
9820 The same thing happens if we do another
9829 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9832 \begin_layout Standard
9833 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9838 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
9862 surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an
9867 The same rule applies for the
9871 environment, as well.
9874 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9875 Example #4: Going Bonkers
9878 \begin_layout Enumerate
9879 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9880 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9881 same detail with how we did it.
9890 \begin_layout Standard
9893 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9896 : level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9897 example in brackets someplace.
9898 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9899 The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
9900 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9904 \begin_layout Enumerate
9909 : level #1] This is the next item in the list.
9914 Now we'll add verse.
9916 It will get much worse.
9920 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9927 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9929 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9939 Here comes a table for you:
9943 \begin_layout Standard
9944 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9950 \begin_layout Standard
9952 \begin_inset Tabular
9953 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
9958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9961 \begin_layout Standard
9976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9979 \begin_layout Standard
9995 <row topline="true">
9996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9999 \begin_layout Standard
10014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10017 \begin_layout Standard
10041 \begin_layout Verse
10044 M-Return, Table, M-p\InsetSpace ~
10049 M-Return, Verse, M-p\InsetSpace ~
10056 \begin_layout Enumerate
10061 : level #1] This is another item.
10062 Note that selecting a
10066 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
10067 3 times to put the table inside the
10075 \begin_layout Quotation
10076 We're now ending the
10080 list and changing to
10085 We're still at level #1.
10086 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
10087 The next set of paragraphs is a
10088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10095 We'll nest both the
10104 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
10108 for the letter body.
10113 to preserve the depth.
10114 Remember that you need to use
10118 to create multiple lines inside the
10132 \begin_layout Right Address
10135 Moosegroin, MT 00100
10140 \begin_layout Address
10141 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
10145 \begin_layout Quotation
10146 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
10147 methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
10148 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
10149 a backlog in our orders for methane.
10150 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
10151 as soon as possible.
10152 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
10155 \begin_layout Quotation
10156 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
10157 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
10158 with your order, along with payment.
10161 \begin_layout Quotation
10162 We thank you again for your patience.
10165 \begin_layout Address
10172 \begin_layout Quotation
10173 That ends that example!
10176 \begin_layout Standard
10177 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
10178 just a few keystrokes.
10179 We could have easily nested an
10200 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10203 \begin_layout Section
10204 Fonts and Text Styles
10207 \begin_layout Subsection
10211 \begin_layout Standard
10212 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10213 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10214 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10215 font to emphasize text, you use an
10216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10224 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10225 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10229 \begin_layout Standard
10230 Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
10244 style corresponds to an italics font.
10249 style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
10250 styles use to typeset proper names.
10251 The LyX Team has at last (as of LyX version\InsetSpace ~
10252 1.4) introduced true character
10253 styles, but currently these must be defined explicitly in the document
10255 There's currently no GUI support to define new, or tweak existing, character
10256 styles to allow you, the user, to customize which font changes correspond
10260 \begin_layout Subsection
10264 \begin_layout Standard
10265 You can set the default font from the
10270 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10282 tabfolder/pane offers you a variety of possibilities to set up and adjust
10283 your document fonts.
10284 The most important ones are those in the
10293 The possible options under
10298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10309 and a list of fonts available on your system, each for the
10331 (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10332 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10334 Monospaced) family of fonts.
10336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10347 uses the fonts that are specified by the document class you are using.
10348 Often, these are the standard TeX fonts, known as
10349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10365 Depending on the document class, however, it might as well be another font.
10366 Most fonts in the list should be installed on your system.
10367 For others, you might have to get and install the fonts first (LyX indicates
10368 if a font is not installed).
10369 Please have a look at
10374 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10381 about where to get the fonts.
10382 Installing a new font for LaTeX is, unfortunately, not as easy as installing
10383 a new font to common operation systems.
10384 However, most font packages include a step-by-step instruction.
10387 \begin_layout Standard
10388 In most cases, the default family of a document class is roman (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10389 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10391 serif), so the roman font (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10393 Times) will be used all over, unless you select
10394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10414 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10421 for specific selections of the text (see below section
10422 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
10423 reference "sub:Text-Style-Dialog"
10430 Default\InsetSpace ~
10433 option lets you change this.
10434 So if you want your document (including footnotes etc.), say, all over in
10436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10457 Default\InsetSpace ~
10463 \begin_layout Standard
10473 group, you can usually select from four possible
10490 (some document classes provide more, some less choices).
10491 Remember, this is the
10496 LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those
10497 used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value.
10498 You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
10500 It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
10501 as this typically renders your document unreadable.
10504 \begin_layout Standard
10505 Some Sans Serif and Typewriter Fonts provide the possibility to be scaled.
10506 This might be useful, if a Sans Serif or Typewriter Font has a different
10507 height than the Roman Font.
10508 Please be careful with this option, it can be easily misused.
10511 \begin_layout Standard
10516 group box, you'll finally find possibilities for using so-called
10517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10524 , given that they are provided by a certain font.
10533 indicates that lots of fonts do not use real, but
10538 True Small Caps are specifically designed characters, whereas faked Small
10539 Caps are just scaled Capital letters.
10540 The former looks way better, so if a font offers you the choice, you should
10553 finally lets you select so called Old Style Figures (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10554 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10556 Medieval Figures, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10558 figures with ascending or descending form) instead of the standard Lining
10560 Old Style Figures are often preferred due to better legibility in the text,
10561 but it's certainly also a matter of taste.
10562 Just try it out, if it is provided for your font of choice.
10563 Note that math figures are
10567 affected by this choice.
10570 \begin_layout Standard
10571 Please note that even if LyX tries its best in guessing what fonts are installed
10572 and which options are provided by a given font, it might fail if the fonts
10573 are not set up correctly.
10576 \begin_layout Standard
10577 Note further that once you choose a new value for
10598 You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
10599 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10600 The only visible change is caused by a change of the default font family.
10601 However, you certainly noticed that, for instance, the roman font on screen
10602 is just a representation of
10603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10615 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10622 dialog), not of the actual roman document font.
10625 \begin_layout Subsection
10626 Using Different Character Styles
10629 \begin_layout Standard
10630 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10631 certain paragraph environments.
10632 We also mentioned two other character styles,
10641 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10645 \begin_layout Standard
10650 style, do one of the following:
10653 \begin_layout Itemize
10654 click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
10657 \begin_layout Itemize
10664 \begin_layout Standard
10665 These commands are all toggles.
10670 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10673 \begin_layout Standard
10674 One typically uses the
10678 style for proper names.
10680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10687 is the original author of LyX.
10688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10694 \begin_layout Standard
10695 A more widely used character style is the
10700 You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the
10707 \begin_layout Itemize
10708 clicking on the toolbar button with the
10709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10719 \begin_layout Itemize
10720 using the keybindings
10726 \begin_layout Standard
10731 style is equivalent to an italicized font.
10732 We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
10735 \begin_layout Standard
10736 We've been using the
10740 style all over the place in this document.
10741 Here's one more example:
10744 \begin_layout Quotation
10747 Don't overuse character styles!
10750 \begin_layout Standard
10751 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10752 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10753 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10754 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10758 \begin_layout Standard
10759 Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
10768 \begin_layout Subsection
10769 Fine-Tuning with the
10774 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
10775 name "sub:Text-Style-Dialog"
10782 \begin_layout Standard
10783 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10784 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10785 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10786 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10790 \begin_layout Standard
10795 : There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
10796 manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
10801 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10802 from ordinary dialogue.
10805 \begin_layout Standard
10806 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10807 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
10808 Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
10809 providing you with the power of a printing press.
10810 Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power.
10812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10815 Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
10816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10820 And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
10821 and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in them.
10824 \begin_layout Standard
10825 Enough complaining.
10828 \begin_layout Standard
10829 To use custom fonts, open the
10834 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10843 There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10844 font property which you can choose.
10845 You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select
10850 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10855 will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
10857 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10858 environments in a snap.
10861 \begin_layout Standard
10862 The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to
10874 \begin_layout Labeling
10875 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10892 The possible options are:
10896 \begin_layout Labeling
10897 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10902 This is the Roman font family.
10906 \begin_layout Standard
10907 It's also the default family.
10917 \begin_layout Labeling
10918 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10926 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10930 \begin_layout Standard
10940 \begin_layout Labeling
10941 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10948 This is the Typewriter font family.
10952 \begin_layout Standard
10963 \begin_layout Labeling
10964 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10972 This corresponds to the print weight.
10977 \begin_layout Labeling
10978 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10983 This is the Medium font series.
10987 \begin_layout Standard
10988 It's also the default series.
10992 \begin_layout Labeling
10993 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11000 This is the Bold font series.
11004 \begin_layout Standard
11005 You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding
11015 \begin_layout Labeling
11016 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11025 As the name implies.
11030 \begin_layout Labeling
11031 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11036 This is the Upright font shape.
11040 \begin_layout Standard
11041 It's also the default shape.
11045 \begin_layout Labeling
11046 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11060 s the Italic font shape
11066 \begin_layout Labeling
11067 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11074 This is the Slanted font shape
11076 (although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic).
11079 \begin_layout Labeling
11080 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11088 This is the Small caps font shape
11095 \begin_layout Labeling
11096 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11105 Alters the size of the font.
11106 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11107 nal to the default font size.
11108 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11109 what you want to do.
11113 \begin_layout Standard
11114 The options [and their keybindings] are:
11117 \begin_layout Labeling
11118 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11137 \begin_layout Standard
11152 \begin_layout Labeling
11153 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11172 \begin_layout Standard
11182 \begin_layout Labeling
11183 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11202 \begin_layout Standard
11217 \begin_layout Labeling
11218 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11237 \begin_layout Standard
11252 \begin_layout Labeling
11253 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11270 \begin_layout Standard
11271 It's also the default size.
11286 \begin_layout Labeling
11287 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11306 \begin_layout Standard
11321 \begin_layout Labeling
11322 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11341 \begin_layout Standard
11356 \begin_layout Labeling
11357 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11376 \begin_layout Standard
11386 \begin_layout Labeling
11387 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11406 \begin_layout Standard
11421 \begin_layout Labeling
11422 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11441 \begin_layout Standard
11456 \begin_layout Standard
11461 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11462 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11463 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11464 - use that instead.
11465 This is here for fine-tuning
11471 \begin_layout Labeling
11472 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11480 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11485 \begin_layout Labeling
11486 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11493 This is text with emphasize on
11499 \begin_layout Standard
11500 This might seem like the same as
11504 , but it is actually a bit different.
11505 If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
11506 In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior
11515 \begin_layout Labeling
11516 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11523 This is text with Underbar on.
11527 \begin_layout Standard
11537 \begin_layout Labeling
11538 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11545 This is text with Noun on.
11549 \begin_layout Standard
11554 , this is a logical attribute.
11555 For the moment, it is equivalent to
11560 , but that is bound to change some day.
11564 \begin_layout Standard
11565 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11566 when you couldn't change fonts.
11567 We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
11568 an underscore character.
11569 It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
11574 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in
11575 fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu
11580 \begin_layout Labeling
11581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11586 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11587 Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
11592 LaTeX package installed.
11597 is not able to display these colors.
11603 , which is the standard
11604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11611 , you can choose between
11646 \begin_layout Labeling
11647 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11652 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11653 the language of the document.
11654 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change.
11657 \begin_layout Standard
11658 You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11661 \begin_layout Standard
11662 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11667 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11675 dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled
11676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11691 The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style
11692 even when the dialog isn't visible.
11696 \begin_layout Standard
11697 As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
11704 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11705 (suppose you just sent the shape to
11706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11723 Toggle on all these
11736 \begin_layout Standard
11737 We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
11739 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
11741 Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
11744 \begin_layout Section
11745 Printing and Previewing
11748 \begin_layout Subsection
11752 \begin_layout Standard
11753 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11754 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11755 Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
11756 of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
11757 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
11764 \begin_layout Standard
11765 LyX uses a program called
11766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11774 (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
11775 but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as
11776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11783 ) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11784 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11785 This happens in a couple of stages:
11788 \begin_layout Enumerate
11789 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11790 generating a file with the extension,
11791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11806 \begin_layout Enumerate
11807 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11811 file to produce printable output.
11812 It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
11813 Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a
11817 file, or DVI for short.
11818 The actual output is in a file with the extension,
11819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11831 DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
11832 another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11836 \begin_layout Description
11837 NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
11838 If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only
11839 be a link to these files.
11840 So don't forget these files if you move your
11844 file to another computer.
11848 \begin_layout Enumerate
11854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11861 Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
11865 \begin_layout Enumerate
11870 files using a program called
11877 \begin_layout Enumerate
11878 Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your
11885 \begin_layout Enumerate
11886 Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format.
11887 LyX automatically converts the
11891 file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document.
11892 LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using
11901 \begin_layout Standard
11902 One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
11907 ] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and
11908 puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document.
11909 It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
11910 That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the DVI
11916 \begin_layout Standard
11917 LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
11920 \begin_layout Standard
11921 As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
11922 preview of your document.
11923 So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
11925 The printed result is worth the wait.
11926 Quality always has its price.
11929 \begin_layout Subsection
11930 Quick Viewing with xdvi
11933 \begin_layout Standard
11934 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11935 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select
11940 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11951 \begin_layout Standard
11952 When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
11958 You can now look at the results.
11959 [If you want more info on the
11970 \begin_layout Description
11971 Helpful-Tip: Keep the
11975 window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
11976 Then, after you make changes to your document, just use
11981 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11986 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12003 program will automatically reread the
12007 file and give you an updated view.
12010 \begin_layout Subsection
12011 Viewing the PostScript Version with ghostview
12014 \begin_layout Standard
12019 to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
12020 There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version.
12021 One reason is fonts.
12025 \begin_layout Standard
12030 : Another reason is paranoia.
12031 I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so
12032 I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12038 You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but
12047 or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results.
12050 \begin_layout Standard
12051 To view the PostScript version of your document, select
12067 When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
12073 You can now look at the results.
12076 \begin_layout Standard
12077 You've guessed what the
12082 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12096 menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the
12100 window after this command to update the view.
12103 \begin_layout Subsection
12107 \begin_layout Standard
12108 To print a file, select
12122 menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
12130 \begin_layout Standard
12131 You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12132 is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after
12133 printing one set of pages, to print on the other side.
12134 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12135 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12136 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12139 \begin_layout Standard
12140 You can set the parameters in the
12147 \begin_layout Labeling
12148 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12156 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12160 \begin_layout Standard
12161 Note that this printer name isn't for the
12174 has to be configured for this printer name.
12176 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12177 reference "sec:dvipsconfig"
12185 documentation for details.
12186 The default printer can also be set in
12195 The printer should understand PostScript files.
12198 \begin_layout Labeling
12199 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12207 The name of a file to print to.
12208 The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \-
12210 The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you
12211 specify the full path.
12214 \begin_layout Standard
12215 Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX,
12219 and, if you don't have a PostScript printer,
12223 have to process your document.
12226 \begin_layout Section
12227 A Few Words about Typography
12230 \begin_layout Subsection
12231 Hyphens and Hyphenation
12232 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12240 \begin_layout Standard
12242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12253 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12268 \begin_layout Enumerate
12274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12288 \begin_layout Enumerate
12294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12303 \begin_layout Standard
12315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12321 \begin_layout Enumerate
12327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12336 \begin_layout Standard
12349 \begin_layout Standard
12361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12367 \begin_layout Enumerate
12371 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12391 \begin_layout Standard
12392 You generate these by using the
12393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12404 character multiple times in a row.
12405 LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
12409 \begin_layout Standard
12410 The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
12411 in math mode and has a length of its own.
12412 Here are some examples of the
12413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12427 \begin_layout Enumerate
12428 line- and page-breaks
12437 \begin_layout Enumerate
12447 \begin_layout Enumerate
12448 Oh --- there's a dash.
12457 \begin_layout Enumerate
12458 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12470 \begin_layout Standard
12471 Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
12472 there is one in the printed version.
12475 \begin_layout Standard
12476 One more note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and
12477 inserts hyphens in English text.
12478 The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final output.
12481 \begin_layout Standard
12482 Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words in
12488 To know whether (PDF)LaTeX hyphenates for
12492 language, look at any log file produced by a LaTeX run: it will say
12495 \begin_layout Quote
12498 Babel <v3.7h> and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german, ngerman,
12499 nohyphenation, loaded.
12502 \begin_layout Standard
12503 This tells you that, e.g., if you write in Finnish, you're out of luck.
12504 Study (for the teTeX distribution of LaTeX) the utilities
12512 in order to switch hyphenation on for your language by
12513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12520 the relevant line in a file typically named
12525 Sorry for the inconvenience.
12528 \begin_layout Standard
12529 If, for whatever reason, LaTeX
12533 can't break a word correctly (e.g., a compound word), you can set hyphenation
12535 This is done with the menu item
12537 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12546 Special\InsetSpace ~
12561 Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12562 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
12565 \begin_layout Subsection
12569 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12570 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12571 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12579 \begin_layout Standard
12580 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12581 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12582 LaTeX then adds the
12583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12586 appropriate amount of space
12587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12590 : sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
12592 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12595 \begin_layout Standard
12596 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
12597 what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
12599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12610 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12611 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12614 \begin_layout Standard
12615 Here are some examples of
12619 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12622 \begin_layout Itemize
12627 \begin_layout Itemize
12632 \begin_layout Standard
12633 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
12634 and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12637 \begin_layout Itemize
12640 this is too much space!
12643 \begin_layout Itemize
12648 \begin_layout Standard
12649 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12652 \begin_layout Standard
12653 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12656 \begin_layout Enumerate
12659 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12662 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12664 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12665 reference "sec:normblank-lbreak-horline"
12672 \begin_layout Enumerate
12678 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12680 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12681 reference "sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline"
12688 \begin_layout Enumerate
12693 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12701 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12706 pecial\InsetSpace ~
12709 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12710 This function is also bound to
12717 \begin_layout Standard
12718 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12721 \begin_layout Itemize
12722 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12723 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12724 this is too much space!
12727 \begin_layout Itemize
12728 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12732 \begin_layout Standard
12733 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12734 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
12736 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12742 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12750 feature described in
12757 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12759 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12767 \begin_layout Standard
12768 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12769 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12770 and use a closing quote at the end.
12772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12780 The keyboard character,
12784 , generates this automatically.
12787 \begin_layout Standard
12790 New in version 1.4:
12792 To get single quotation marks, you have to press
12797 This produces quotation marks like this:
12798 \begin_inset Quotes els
12804 \begin_layout Standard
12805 You can also select quotes for different languages via the
12813 There are six choices:
12816 \begin_layout Labeling
12817 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12829 Use quotes like this
12830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12838 \begin_inset Quotes els
12842 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12848 \begin_layout Labeling
12849 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12852 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12856 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12862 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12866 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12870 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12876 \begin_layout Labeling
12877 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12880 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12884 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12890 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12894 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12898 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12902 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12908 \begin_layout Labeling
12909 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12912 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12916 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12922 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12926 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12930 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12934 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12940 \begin_layout Labeling
12941 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12944 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12948 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12954 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12958 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12962 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12966 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12972 \begin_layout Labeling
12973 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12976 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12980 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12986 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12990 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12994 \begin_inset Quotes als
12998 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13004 \begin_layout Standard
13005 Again, this affects what character the
13012 \begin_layout Standard
13013 On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
13026 \begin_layout Subsection
13028 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13029 name "sec:ligatures"
13036 \begin_layout Standard
13037 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
13038 print them as single characters.
13039 These groups are known as
13044 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
13046 Here are the possible ligatures:
13049 \begin_layout Itemize
13053 \begin_layout Itemize
13057 \begin_layout Itemize
13061 \begin_layout Itemize
13065 \begin_layout Itemize
13069 \begin_layout Standard
13070 Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
13071 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
13072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13079 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
13080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13095 To break a ligature, use
13100 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13101 Special\InsetSpace ~
13108 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13111 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
13116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13127 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13144 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13152 \begin_layout Subsection
13154 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13162 \begin_layout Standard
13163 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13165 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13166 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13167 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13168 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13169 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13170 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13181 \begin_layout Standard
13182 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13183 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13184 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13185 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13186 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13187 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13188 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13191 \begin_layout Standard
13192 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13193 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13194 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13196 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13197 key "latexcompanion"
13203 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13208 ] may have more information.
13209 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13212 \begin_layout Chapter
13213 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
13214 \begin_inset OptArg
13217 \begin_layout Standard
13218 Tables, Figures, and Notes
13226 \begin_layout Section
13230 \begin_layout Standard
13231 Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses
13232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13239 boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or
13240 somewhere else in your text.
13241 When you insert a footnote with
13250 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13288 appearing within your text.
13289 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13290 You can enter your text into this box.
13292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13311 label, the box will
13312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13324 Clicking on the button again will
13329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13340 \begin_layout Standard
13341 To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13346 You will not see any numbers within LyX.
13347 You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
13348 for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
13349 when it processes your file.
13350 If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
13351 it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
13352 to stuff in the bottom margin).
13357 Vice versa, you can change a footnote to regular text by hitting the
13361 key when the cursor is in the first position of a footnote, or by hitting
13366 key when the cursor is in the very last position of the footnote, respectively
13367 (this works for all
13368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13378 \begin_layout Standard
13379 What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
13380 footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the
13381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13394 document class or changing the counter
13399 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
13407 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13428 \begin_layout Description
13429 NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
13431 It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
13432 That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
13434 You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
13438 \begin_layout Section
13442 \begin_layout Standard
13443 Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13444 When you insert a margin note via
13450 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13466 or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
13467 an arrow pointing to it), you'll see
13483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13490 appearing within your text.
13491 \begin_inset Marginal
13494 \begin_layout Standard
13495 This is a margin note.
13500 This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
13501 You can enter your text into this box.
13503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13516 label, the box will
13517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13525 You can access it at a later time by clicking on the
13532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13542 \begin_layout Standard
13543 As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room
13545 This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
13546 yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
13547 You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
13551 \begin_layout Section
13552 Figures and Imported Graphics
13553 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13561 \begin_layout Standard
13562 No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
13563 graphics from other utilities into the document.
13564 In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
13565 figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
13569 \begin_layout Standard
13570 Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever
13571 in the document you place them.
13572 If you need one of these features, see sec.\InsetSpace ~
13574 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13575 reference "sec:figurefloats"
13582 \begin_layout Standard
13583 To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon
13584 on the toolbar, or select
13589 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13600 \begin_layout Standard
13601 A dialog will appear for you to choose the file to load.
13602 You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog.
13605 \begin_layout Standard
13607 \begin_inset Graphics
13608 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13611 rotateOrigin center
13618 \begin_layout Standard
13619 This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory.
13624 tab allows you to choose your image file (note that a wide variety of image
13625 formats are supported automatically).
13626 The figure can be transformed by setting a rotation angle, using a bounding
13630 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13631 reference "cap:Units-for-image"
13635 describes all available units.
13636 It is possible to set a bounding box automatically for some image formats
13639 Bounding\InsetSpace ~
13643 Note that it is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and
13644 the display in the final document separately, which can be very useful
13646 LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13651 You can also set the
13655 option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\InsetSpace ~
13657 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13658 reference "sec:figurefloats"
13665 \begin_layout Subsection
13669 \begin_layout Standard
13670 LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known
13671 universe so long as a conversion path from this graphics format to the
13672 target output format can be created.
13673 If that sounds a little obtuse, consider how LyX handles Encapsulated PostScrip
13675 LaTeX provides native support for this format, so LyX needs do nothing
13682 LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
13685 \begin_layout Standard
13686 \begin_inset Float table
13692 \begin_layout Standard
13693 \begin_inset Caption
13695 \begin_layout Standard
13696 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13697 name "cap:Units-for-image"
13701 Units for setting the image size
13709 \begin_layout Standard
13710 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
13716 \begin_layout Standard
13718 \begin_inset Tabular
13719 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
13721 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
13722 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
13723 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13727 \begin_layout Standard
13733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13736 \begin_layout Standard
13743 <row topline="true">
13744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13747 \begin_layout Standard
13753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13756 \begin_layout Standard
13763 <row topline="true">
13764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13767 \begin_layout Standard
13773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13776 \begin_layout Standard
13783 <row topline="true">
13784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13787 \begin_layout Standard
13793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13796 \begin_layout Standard
13803 <row topline="true">
13804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13807 \begin_layout Standard
13813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13816 \begin_layout Standard
13817 point (72.27 pt = 1 in)
13823 <row topline="true">
13824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13827 \begin_layout Standard
13833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13836 \begin_layout Standard
13837 pica (1 pc = 12 pt)
13843 <row topline="true">
13844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13847 \begin_layout Standard
13853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13856 \begin_layout Standard
13857 scaled point (65536 sp = 1 pt)
13863 <row topline="true">
13864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13867 \begin_layout Standard
13873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13876 \begin_layout Standard
13877 big point (72 bp = 1 in)
13883 <row topline="true">
13884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13887 \begin_layout Standard
13893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13896 \begin_layout Standard
13898 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
13902 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13911 <row topline="true">
13912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13915 \begin_layout Standard
13921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13924 \begin_layout Standard
13925 cicero (1cc = 12 dd)
13931 <row topline="true">
13932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13935 \begin_layout Standard
13941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13944 \begin_layout Standard
13945 % of original image width
13951 <row topline="true">
13952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13955 \begin_layout Standard
13961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13964 \begin_layout Standard
13971 <row topline="true">
13972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13975 \begin_layout Standard
13981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13984 \begin_layout Standard
13991 <row topline="true">
13992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13995 \begin_layout Standard
14001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14004 \begin_layout Standard
14011 <row topline="true">
14012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14015 \begin_layout Standard
14021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14024 \begin_layout Standard
14031 <row topline="true">
14032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14035 \begin_layout Standard
14041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14044 \begin_layout Standard
14051 <row topline="true">
14052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14055 \begin_layout Standard
14061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14064 \begin_layout Standard
14071 <row topline="true">
14072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14075 \begin_layout Standard
14081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14084 \begin_layout Standard
14095 <row topline="true">
14096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14099 \begin_layout Standard
14105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14108 \begin_layout Standard
14119 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14123 \begin_layout Standard
14129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14132 \begin_layout Standard
14133 math unit (1 mu = 1/18 em)
14151 \begin_layout Standard
14152 To view the figure on the LyX screen, however, some additional work is required
14153 because neither the XForms nor the Qt GUI libraries can load PostScript®
14154 figures themselves.
14155 The XForms library can load figures in the following, widely used graphics
14188 whilst the Qt library can also handle
14201 Thus, LyX must initiate a conversion from Encapsulated PostScript® to a
14202 loadable graphics format.
14205 \begin_layout Standard
14206 It does this using the powerful, configurable converters mechanism exposed
14218 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
14227 If LyX cannot create a conversion path (which might have many steps) from
14228 Encapsulated PostScript® to one of the loadable formats listed above, then
14229 it defaults to the use of ImageMagick's
14234 If, after all that, LyX
14238 cannot load the figure, then it'll tell you so with a message
14239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14242 Error converting to loadable format
14243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14246 in place of an on-screen view of your figure.
14247 If you're presented with such a message, then you'll need to augment the
14248 list of known converters.
14251 \begin_layout Standard
14252 This strategy is used both to generate on-screen views of your image and
14253 when generating the final document.
14254 In the latter case, the LaTeX compiler must be supplied with graphics files
14255 in PostScript® format.
14256 Similarly the PDFLaTeX compiler requires files in
14269 LyX will handle the necessary conversions behind the scenes.
14272 \begin_layout Subsection
14276 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14277 Using Figure Floats
14278 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14279 name "sec:figurefloats"
14286 \begin_layout Standard
14287 The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
14288 might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
14289 To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
14290 it preferable to use
14292 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14295 , which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
14296 deems necessary for a good fit.
14297 In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
14298 place a caption on them, using the
14302 environment explained in Section\InsetSpace ~
14304 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14305 reference "sec:captionlayout"
14312 \begin_layout Standard
14315 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14323 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14328 t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14332 You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
14333 above to insert the actual figure.
14336 \begin_layout Standard
14337 \begin_inset Float figure
14343 \begin_layout Standard
14344 \begin_inset Caption
14346 \begin_layout Standard
14347 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14361 \begin_layout Standard
14363 \begin_inset Graphics
14364 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
14366 rotateOrigin center
14378 \begin_layout Standard
14379 \begin_inset Float figure
14385 \begin_layout Standard
14387 \begin_inset Graphics
14388 filename clipart/platypus.eps
14390 rotateOrigin center
14397 \begin_layout Standard
14398 \begin_inset Caption
14400 \begin_layout Standard
14401 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14402 name "fig:kill-plat"
14406 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
14419 \begin_layout Standard
14420 It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
14422 If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press
14423 return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert
14424 the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete
14425 the caption and recreate it by selecting the
14429 environment after the figure has been inserted.
14430 This is what we did for figure
14431 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14432 reference "fig:kill-plat"
14437 If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the
14441 then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for
14442 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14443 reference "fig:escher"
14448 It is preferred to use one
14457 This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
14460 \begin_layout Standard
14461 Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
14462 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see
14463 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14464 reference "sec:float-locn"
14474 is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will
14475 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
14479 \begin_layout Standard
14480 This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
14481 to it; as you would expect from reading section
14482 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14483 reference "sec:crossref"
14487 you can simply insert a
14494 in the caption and refer to it using a
14503 It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
14504 using vague references to
14505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14512 as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
14514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14522 If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
14523 text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
14525 Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
14528 \begin_layout Standard
14529 Note that the caption is used in a
14539 (as described in Section\InsetSpace ~
14541 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14542 reference "sec:ListsOf"
14546 ) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document.
14549 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14551 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14552 name "sec:float-locn"
14559 \begin_layout Standard
14560 Now, the whole idea behind
14562 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14570 , which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
14571 on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
14572 The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation
14573 for the exact details.
14574 You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular
14576 By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules.
14577 You can change these, if you wish, in the
14582 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14595 box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification.
14596 You can place any combination of four letters in the
14604 \begin_layout Itemize
14614 \begin_layout Itemize
14624 \begin_layout Itemize
14634 \begin_layout Itemize
14644 \begin_layout Standard
14645 The letters correspond to the following behaviour:
14648 \begin_layout Description
14649 Here: LyX tries to put the
14653 at the same point in the text where you put it.
14657 \begin_layout Standard
14658 If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
14662 \begin_layout Description
14663 Top: LyX tries to put the
14667 at the top of the current page.
14668 If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
14671 \begin_layout Description
14672 Bottom: LyX tries to put the
14676 at the bottom of the current page.
14677 If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
14680 \begin_layout Description
14681 Page: LyX tries to put the
14689 s) on a page of its own.
14692 \begin_layout Standard
14693 There is some subtlety to how this all works.
14694 The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
14695 If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though
14696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14707 will always take precedence if it appears in the list.
14708 The default placement list is
14709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14720 : try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then
14721 on a page by itself.
14722 If you want LyX to try
14723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14730 to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation
14732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14744 Here are some example entries and what they do:
14747 \begin_layout Enumerate
14754 \begin_layout Standard
14755 Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14756 If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
14757 If that fails, put it on a separate page.
14761 \begin_layout Enumerate
14768 \begin_layout Standard
14769 Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14770 Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page.
14774 \begin_layout Enumerate
14781 \begin_layout Standard
14782 Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
14783 If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
14787 \begin_layout Enumerate
14794 \begin_layout Standard
14795 Always put figures and tables on their own page.
14799 \begin_layout Subsection
14803 \begin_layout Standard
14804 One obvious question is
14805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14808 how would I create the figures?
14809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14812 Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
14817 is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool.
14818 If you want to include figures that you have created with
14822 there are several ways.
14823 We recommend the following:
14826 \begin_layout Enumerate
14827 Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript.
14828 This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
14830 The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
14832 That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
14833 If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
14834 PostScript fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
14835 The figure can be manipulated like any other
14836 EPS figure, as described above.
14841 \begin_layout Standard
14842 The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text
14844 If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
14845 the next way is recommended.
14849 \begin_layout Enumerate
14850 Export the figure as LaTeX.
14851 This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
14852 use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
14853 Therefore you have to set the
14858 This is automatic if you invoke XFig with
14864 If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
14866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14875 XFig\SpecialChar \@.
14878 If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with
14883 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14891 (see description in
14895 ) this text will appear as
14896 \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
14904 \begin_layout Standard
14905 The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
14906 as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
14907 You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
14908 annoyingly, not all slopes.
14909 This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
14913 \begin_layout Enumerate
14914 Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined.
14923 , really] will generate two files:
14927 \begin_layout Enumerate
14928 the PostScript part
14932 , that contains all painting.
14935 \begin_layout Enumerate
14940 , that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part.
14944 \begin_layout Standard
14945 Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above.
14946 This will automatically include the PostScript part, too.
14950 \begin_layout Standard
14951 If you get an error like
14952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14955 unknown graphics extension pstex
14956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14959 you have to declare these graphic extensions.
14964 bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
14965 Simply add a line like
14968 \begin_layout Standard
14973 @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
14976 \begin_layout Standard
14979 /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
14989 \begin_layout Standard
14994 Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
14997 \begin_layout Standard
14998 This should fix the whole thing.
14999 Alternatively you may export the postscript part as
15003 and change the LaTeX part
15008 But this is annoying.
15014 This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
15015 for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
15016 So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript format is your only choice.
15017 Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
15018 same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
15022 \begin_layout Section
15024 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
15032 \begin_layout Standard
15033 LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables
15034 than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX
15035 book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate.
15038 \begin_layout Standard
15039 You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or
15044 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15052 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15053 The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
15054 line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
15055 lowest row, forming a box around the table.
15056 Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
15057 this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
15061 \begin_layout Standard
15063 \begin_inset Tabular
15064 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15066 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15067 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15068 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
15069 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15070 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15074 \begin_layout Standard
15080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15083 \begin_layout Standard
15098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15101 \begin_layout Standard
15116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15119 \begin_layout Standard
15135 <row topline="true">
15136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15139 \begin_layout Standard
15154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15157 \begin_layout Standard
15163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15166 \begin_layout Standard
15172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15175 \begin_layout Standard
15182 <row topline="true">
15183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15186 \begin_layout Standard
15201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15204 \begin_layout Standard
15210 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15213 \begin_layout Standard
15228 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15231 \begin_layout Standard
15238 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15242 \begin_layout Standard
15257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15260 \begin_layout Standard
15266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15269 \begin_layout Standard
15275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15278 \begin_layout Standard
15292 \begin_layout Subsection
15296 \begin_layout Standard
15297 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15298 brings up a settings dialog.
15299 Among these options are:
15302 \begin_layout Itemize
15303 Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
15304 If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
15305 in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
15306 If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
15307 then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
15308 row in the example above.
15309 You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
15310 the left line of the column to the right.
15313 \begin_layout Itemize
15314 Text alignment in a column
15317 \begin_layout Itemize
15318 Appending rows and columns
15321 \begin_layout Itemize
15322 Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
15325 \begin_layout Itemize
15329 \begin_layout Itemize
15330 Setting a fixed width for a column
15333 \begin_layout Itemize
15334 Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
15335 Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
15336 next one, instead of running of the end of the page.
15339 \begin_layout Itemize
15340 Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
15343 \begin_layout Standard
15344 You can also use the menu to perform these operations.
15350 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15364 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15371 when the cursor is inside a table.
15375 \begin_layout Standard
15376 Most of these options also work on selections.
15377 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15378 done on all of your selection.
15379 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
15383 of the cell, and the cell itself.
15384 If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select
15390 or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether
15391 you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys).
15394 \begin_layout Standard
15395 When you append a row, it is added
15399 the row containing the cursor.
15400 Similarly, columns are appended to the
15405 This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
15406 a lot of cutting and pasting.
15407 Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
15411 \begin_layout Standard
15412 The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row.
15413 For example, in the above table, row
15414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15421 has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled
15422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15437 To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose
15442 This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how
15446 \begin_layout Standard
15451 if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and
15452 bottom border lines and text alignment.
15453 Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
15456 \begin_layout Standard
15458 \begin_inset Tabular
15459 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15461 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15462 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15463 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15464 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15465 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15468 \begin_layout Standard
15483 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15486 \begin_layout Standard
15501 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15504 \begin_layout Standard
15520 <row topline="true">
15521 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15524 \begin_layout Standard
15539 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15542 \begin_layout Standard
15556 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15559 \begin_layout Standard
15574 <row topline="true">
15575 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15578 \begin_layout Standard
15593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15596 \begin_layout Standard
15610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15613 \begin_layout Standard
15628 <row topline="true">
15629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15632 \begin_layout Standard
15647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15650 \begin_layout Standard
15664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15667 \begin_layout Standard
15682 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15686 \begin_layout Standard
15701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15704 \begin_layout Standard
15718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15721 \begin_layout Standard
15743 \begin_layout Standard
15744 You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas
15745 the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned
15747 Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
15748 \begin_inset Note Note
15751 \begin_layout Standard
15752 I can make nothing of this explanation.
15753 An improvement would be nice :) - jbl
15761 \begin_layout Standard
15762 If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
15772 This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text.
15775 \begin_layout Standard
15776 If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
15779 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15782 button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
15784 You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal
15786 The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells.
15789 \begin_layout Standard
15796 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15803 display on screen, and works
15807 for PostScript output.
15808 So, if you want to preview them, use
15813 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15827 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
15832 will not show the table properly.
15835 \begin_layout Standard
15837 \begin_inset Tabular
15838 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
15840 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15841 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15842 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15843 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15851 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15852 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15856 \begin_layout Standard
15871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15874 \begin_layout Standard
15889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15892 \begin_layout Standard
15907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15910 \begin_layout Standard
15925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15928 \begin_layout Standard
15943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15946 \begin_layout Standard
15961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15964 \begin_layout Standard
15979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15982 \begin_layout Standard
15997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16000 \begin_layout Standard
16015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16018 \begin_layout Standard
16033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16036 \begin_layout Standard
16051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16054 \begin_layout Standard
16070 <row topline="true">
16071 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16074 \begin_layout Standard
16090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16093 \begin_layout Standard
16108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16111 \begin_layout Standard
16117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16120 \begin_layout Standard
16135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16138 \begin_layout Standard
16153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16156 \begin_layout Standard
16162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16165 \begin_layout Standard
16180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16183 \begin_layout Standard
16189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16192 \begin_layout Standard
16207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16210 \begin_layout Standard
16225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16228 \begin_layout Standard
16243 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16246 \begin_layout Standard
16262 <row topline="true">
16263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16266 \begin_layout Standard
16282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16285 \begin_layout Standard
16291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16294 \begin_layout Standard
16309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16312 \begin_layout Standard
16327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16330 \begin_layout Standard
16345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16348 \begin_layout Standard
16363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16366 \begin_layout Standard
16381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16384 \begin_layout Standard
16399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16402 \begin_layout Standard
16417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16420 \begin_layout Standard
16435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16438 \begin_layout Standard
16453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16456 \begin_layout Standard
16472 <row topline="true">
16473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16476 \begin_layout Standard
16492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16495 \begin_layout Standard
16510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16513 \begin_layout Standard
16528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16531 \begin_layout Standard
16546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16549 \begin_layout Standard
16555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16558 \begin_layout Standard
16573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16576 \begin_layout Standard
16591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16594 \begin_layout Standard
16609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16612 \begin_layout Standard
16627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16630 \begin_layout Standard
16636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16639 \begin_layout Standard
16654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16657 \begin_layout Standard
16673 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16677 \begin_layout Standard
16693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16696 \begin_layout Standard
16711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Standard
16720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16723 \begin_layout Standard
16738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16741 \begin_layout Standard
16756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16759 \begin_layout Standard
16765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16768 \begin_layout Standard
16774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16777 \begin_layout Standard
16792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Standard
16810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16813 \begin_layout Standard
16828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16831 \begin_layout Standard
16837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16840 \begin_layout Standard
16856 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16860 \begin_layout Standard
16875 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16878 \begin_layout Standard
16888 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16891 \begin_layout Standard
16897 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16900 \begin_layout Standard
16906 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16909 \begin_layout Standard
16915 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16918 \begin_layout Standard
16924 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16927 \begin_layout Standard
16933 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16936 \begin_layout Standard
16942 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16945 \begin_layout Standard
16951 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16954 \begin_layout Standard
16960 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16963 \begin_layout Standard
16969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16972 \begin_layout Standard
16995 \begin_layout Subsection
16996 What can be placed inside a table cell?
16999 \begin_layout Standard
17000 Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
17001 Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation,
17002 though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects
17003 can be placed in the same cell.
17004 Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
17006 However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
17010 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
17011 for the cell's paragraph.
17014 \begin_layout Subsection
17015 Cut & Paste in Tables
17018 \begin_layout Standard
17019 Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
17020 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17021 Selection with the mouse or with
17025 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17026 The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
17027 using the mouse to select and paste.
17030 \begin_layout Standard
17032 \begin_inset Tabular
17033 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17035 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17036 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17037 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17038 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17042 \begin_layout Standard
17057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17060 \begin_layout Standard
17075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17078 \begin_layout Standard
17095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17098 \begin_layout Standard
17113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17116 \begin_layout Standard
17131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17134 \begin_layout Standard
17150 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17154 \begin_layout Standard
17169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Standard
17187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17190 \begin_layout Standard
17213 \begin_layout Standard
17215 \begin_inset Tabular
17216 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17218 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17219 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17220 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17221 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17225 \begin_layout Standard
17240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17243 \begin_layout Standard
17258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17261 \begin_layout Standard
17278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17281 \begin_layout Standard
17296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17299 \begin_layout Standard
17314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17317 \begin_layout Standard
17333 <row topline="true">
17334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17337 \begin_layout Standard
17352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17355 \begin_layout Standard
17361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17364 \begin_layout Standard
17371 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17375 \begin_layout Standard
17381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17384 \begin_layout Standard
17390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17393 \begin_layout Standard
17407 \begin_layout Standard
17408 Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit
17409 by starting the selection from outside the table.
17412 \begin_layout Subsection
17413 Multiple lines in cells
17416 \begin_layout Standard
17417 It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
17419 Define a fixed length for the column in the
17424 After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
17425 enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
17430 \begin_layout Standard
17432 \begin_inset Tabular
17433 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17435 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17436 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17437 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17438 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17442 \begin_layout Standard
17457 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17460 \begin_layout Standard
17475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17478 \begin_layout Standard
17495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17498 \begin_layout Standard
17513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17516 \begin_layout Standard
17526 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Standard
17550 <row bottomline="true">
17551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17554 \begin_layout Standard
17569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17572 \begin_layout Standard
17582 This is longer now.
17587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17590 \begin_layout Standard
17606 <row bottomline="true">
17607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Standard
17625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17628 \begin_layout Standard
17638 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17639 This is longer now.
17644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17647 \begin_layout Standard
17670 \begin_layout Standard
17671 Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line
17672 of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right
17673 margin of the page.
17674 Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and
17675 so might extend below the bottom margin.
17676 You have these options to resolve this problem:
17679 \begin_layout Enumerate
17680 Split it into two tables.
17683 \begin_layout Enumerate
17693 This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall.
17694 After doing this, the list of
17698 buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
17702 \begin_layout Enumerate
17708 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17709 defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17712 \begin_layout Enumerate
17717 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17718 defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17719 except for the first page, if
17727 \begin_layout Enumerate
17732 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17733 defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17734 except for the last page, if
17742 \begin_layout Enumerate
17748 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17749 defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17752 \begin_layout Standard
17753 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17754 of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows.
17755 The others will then be defined as
17760 In this context, first means first in this order:
17762 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
17779 example file to see how this works.
17783 \begin_layout Standard
17784 The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific
17785 rows to break the page on as well.
17789 \begin_layout Enumerate
17790 A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
17791 TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
17794 \begin_layout Subsection
17796 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17797 name "sec:table float"
17804 \begin_layout Standard
17805 Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed
17824 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17834 menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
17835 exactly where you insert it.
17836 Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats
17837 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17838 reference "sec:figurefloats"
17842 , and is described in section
17843 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17844 reference "sec:float-locn"
17849 Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in
17851 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17852 reference "sec:figurefloats"
17858 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17859 reference "table:a table float"
17863 is an example of a table float.
17864 \begin_inset Float table
17870 \begin_layout Standard
17871 \begin_inset Caption
17873 \begin_layout Standard
17874 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17875 name "table:a table float"
17887 \begin_layout Standard
17889 \begin_inset Tabular
17890 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17892 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17893 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17894 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17895 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17899 \begin_layout Standard
17914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17917 \begin_layout Standard
17932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17935 \begin_layout Standard
17951 <row topline="true">
17952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout Standard
17970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17973 \begin_layout Standard
17988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Standard
18007 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18011 \begin_layout Standard
18021 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
18029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18032 \begin_layout Standard
18042 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18044 c & d\end{array}\right]$
18052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18055 \begin_layout Standard
18065 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
18086 \begin_layout Section
18087 Table of Contents and other Listings
18088 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18096 \begin_layout Standard
18097 One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
18099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18106 such as a Table of Contents.
18107 All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
18108 at the place where you want the list to appear.
18111 \begin_layout Subsection
18112 The Table of Contents
18115 \begin_layout Standard
18116 In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things:
18119 \begin_layout Enumerate
18120 Use a document class that includes support (all but
18127 \begin_layout Enumerate
18128 Set paragraph environments appropriately:
18138 (Sub...), Paragraph
18141 Note that styles with a
18153 appear in the Table of Contents.
18156 \begin_layout Enumerate
18157 Make sure you set the
18162 ection\InsetSpace ~
18163 number\InsetSpace ~
18182 Document\InsetSpace ~
18185 dialog to the appropriate value as described in
18186 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18187 reference "sub:section-depth"
18194 \begin_layout Enumerate
18195 Insert the ToC command at some place in the document.
18196 You'll find it under
18201 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18208 C\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18220 \begin_layout Standard
18221 You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with
18227 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18239 \begin_layout Subsection
18240 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
18241 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18249 \begin_layout Standard
18250 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
18251 You can insert them from the
18256 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18266 If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must
18267 place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption.
18270 \begin_layout Chapter
18271 Mathematical Formulae
18274 \begin_layout Section
18278 \begin_layout Standard
18279 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with
18280 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
18284 That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on
18286 That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what
18287 level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18288 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18295 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
18300 menu; or you can use a keyboard macro,
18314 (CUA binding only).
18317 \begin_layout Standard
18318 If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as
18319 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18322 , there is a special shortcut.
18330 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18340 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$
18346 \begin_layout Standard
18347 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
18352 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18357 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18366 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18369 , or by clicking the right mouse button on the formula.
18370 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
18371 somewhere on the screen.
18372 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
18373 will insert a formula for you.
18376 \begin_layout Subsection
18377 Navigating a Formula
18380 \begin_layout Standard
18381 The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved
18382 with the arrow keys.
18383 Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18384 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18389 will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root
18390 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18394 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18398 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18400 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18408 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18413 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18414 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18417 \begin_layout Standard
18422 seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
18423 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18424 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18429 For example, if you want
18430 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18477 , since in the latter case only the
18480 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18485 will be under the square root sign,
18486 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18490 For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
18494 \begin_layout Standard
18495 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18497 \begin_inset Formula \[
18498 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18501 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
18505 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18506 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18509 \begin_layout Subsection
18513 \begin_layout Standard
18514 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18515 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18519 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18520 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18521 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18522 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula
18523 (not in a plain text region in LyX, though).
18526 \begin_layout Subsection
18527 Exponents and Subscripts
18530 \begin_layout Standard
18531 You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much
18532 easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
18534 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18550 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
18551 in the superscript.
18557 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18561 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18580 Subscripts are similar, to get
18581 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18596 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
18597 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
18599 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18600 reference "sec:Grouping"
18604 if you need to alter this.
18607 \begin_layout Subsection
18611 \begin_layout Standard
18612 Create a fraction with either
18618 (in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the
18638 You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
18639 squares top and bottom.
18640 The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
18641 To move to the bottom, simply press
18646 To move back up, press
18651 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18652 \begin_inset Formula \[
18653 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18655 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18662 \begin_layout Subsection
18666 \begin_layout Standard
18668 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18672 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18675 ) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of
18676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18684 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18685 a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18686 Sum will automatically place its
18687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18694 over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side
18695 when inlined, such as
18696 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18700 \begin_inset Note Note
18703 \begin_layout Standard
18704 We haven't yet explained what display vs.
18711 \begin_inset Formula \[
18712 \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
18716 Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
18717 over and under the integral sign in display style, as in
18718 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
18722 \begin_inset Formula \[
18723 \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
18727 Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
18728 In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
18729 or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
18730 in front of the sign and hitting
18735 Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
18739 \begin_layout Standard
18740 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18748 feature as addition, such as
18749 \begin_inset Formula \[
18750 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18754 which will place the
18755 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18766 in display mode, but not in inlined mode,
18767 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18772 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18775 was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing
18781 in math-mode, or choosing from the
18782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18789 menu in the math panel; see
18790 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18791 reference "sec:math-functions"
18798 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18799 Special integral symbols
18802 \begin_layout Standard
18803 Standard LaTeX does only provide a very limited set of integral symbols.
18804 Therefore several packages implement additional symbols, e.g.\InsetSpace ~
18807 \begin_inset Formula $\iint$
18817 Unfortunately they do not always look consistent, e.g.\InsetSpace ~
18821 \begin_inset Formula $\iint$
18835 \begin_inset Formula $\varint$
18845 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18853 Therefore you should enable the automatic loading of the
18862 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18869 if you need special integrals.
18870 This package defines a complete set of consistent looking integral symbols.
18871 You can find most of them in the math panel.
18872 This document does use the
18876 package instead of the
18880 package, because the latter is not yet included in all TeX distributions,
18881 so you can see the different looking integral symbols using
18886 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18896 \begin_layout Subsection
18898 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18899 name "sec:math-panel"
18906 \begin_layout Standard
18916 dialog (accessible via
18921 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18928 ) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
18929 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
18930 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
18931 details in later sections.
18934 \begin_layout Standard
18935 Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well.
18938 \begin_layout Subsection
18942 \begin_layout Standard
18943 Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories
18949 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
18957 \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
18965 \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
18973 \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
18982 \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
18990 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
18992 If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
18993 to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those
18994 symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
18995 Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless
18996 you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual.
18999 \begin_layout Standard
19000 It is possible to get an nth root symbol.
19001 In the minibuffer, type
19006 This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign.
19015 to move between the two boxes.
19016 You can also use the key binding
19023 \begin_layout Subsection
19027 \begin_layout Standard
19028 You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing
19029 that LaTeX provides.
19030 We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
19031 WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
19032 However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
19033 The first thing to do is to type
19038 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within
19040 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19044 The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
19049 you move the cursor, after typing
19057 again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
19059 The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space.
19061 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19065 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19069 You can also insert these spaces via the math panel.
19072 \begin_layout Subsection
19074 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19075 name "sec:math-functions"
19082 \begin_layout Standard
19083 The math panel contains a number of
19084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19092 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19096 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19104 (you can type them in a formula by typing
19111 Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
19113 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19116 , should not be italicized.
19117 Entering just the letters
19118 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19121 within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
19123 They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however.
19124 For example, the expression
19125 \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
19128 will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
19129 For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like
19130 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19133 , the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
19134 the math-inset is inlined or displayed:
19135 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
19139 \begin_inset Formula \[
19140 \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
19144 These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro
19150 alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered,
19151 to improve linespacing).
19154 \begin_layout Subsection
19158 \begin_layout Standard
19159 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19161 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19162 You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
19163 That is, you can enter
19164 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19167 to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
19168 This is entered by typing
19169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19183 These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for
19184 the various accents:
19187 \begin_layout Standard
19189 \begin_inset Tabular
19190 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19192 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19193 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19194 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19195 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19199 \begin_layout Standard
19214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19217 \begin_layout Standard
19232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19235 \begin_layout Standard
19251 <row topline="true">
19252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19255 \begin_layout Standard
19270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19273 \begin_layout Standard
19288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19291 \begin_layout Standard
19301 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19310 <row topline="true">
19311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19314 \begin_layout Standard
19329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19332 \begin_layout Standard
19347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19350 \begin_layout Standard
19360 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19369 <row topline="true">
19370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19373 \begin_layout Standard
19388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19391 \begin_layout Standard
19406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19409 \begin_layout Standard
19419 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19428 <row topline="true">
19429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19432 \begin_layout Standard
19447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19450 \begin_layout Standard
19465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19468 \begin_layout Standard
19478 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19487 <row topline="true">
19488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19491 \begin_layout Standard
19506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19509 \begin_layout Standard
19524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19527 \begin_layout Standard
19537 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19546 <row topline="true">
19547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19550 \begin_layout Standard
19565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19568 \begin_layout Standard
19583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19586 \begin_layout Standard
19596 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19605 <row topline="true">
19606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19609 \begin_layout Standard
19624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19627 \begin_layout Standard
19642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19645 \begin_layout Standard
19655 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19664 <row topline="true">
19665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19668 \begin_layout Standard
19683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19686 \begin_layout Standard
19701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19704 \begin_layout Standard
19714 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19723 <row topline="true">
19724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19727 \begin_layout Standard
19742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19745 \begin_layout Standard
19760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19763 \begin_layout Standard
19773 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19782 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19786 \begin_layout Standard
19801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19804 \begin_layout Standard
19819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19822 \begin_layout Standard
19832 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19848 \begin_layout Standard
19849 Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the
19854 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19855 made within a formula too.
19858 \begin_layout Subsection
19859 The math editor for LaTeX users
19862 \begin_layout Standard
19863 Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways.
19864 You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM
19866 LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like
19873 (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an
19874 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19877 in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
19878 menus for a symbol.
19879 Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users,
19884 \begin_layout Quotation
19885 I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found
19886 that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed
19888 As an example, I created this
19889 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19892 by typing the following keys: First type
19916 As soon as I typed that
19921 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19924 was right there on the screen.
19928 \begin_layout Standard
19934 sequence inserts a formula (you may also use
19949 is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the
19954 leaves the formula.
19955 Some of the advantages of this approach are:
19958 \begin_layout Itemize
19959 You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct
19962 \begin_layout Itemize
19963 You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
19964 to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least)
19967 \begin_layout Itemize
19968 All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
19972 \begin_layout Itemize
19973 You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing
19984 \begin_layout Itemize
19985 If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like
19986 \begin_inset Formula $\wp$
19989 , you can find it in the dialogs
19992 \begin_layout Section
19993 Brackets and decorations
19996 \begin_layout Standard
19997 There are several brackets available through LyX.
19998 For most purposes, using just the keys
20004 should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
20005 structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
20006 of brackets, is better using the math panel's
20012 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20013 reference "sec:math-panel"
20018 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20020 \begin_inset Formula \[
20021 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20023 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]
20027 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
20029 \begin_inset Formula \[
20030 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20035 \begin_inset Formula \[
20036 f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
20040 The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
20041 to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
20054 \begin_layout Standard
20055 It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
20056 Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
20057 the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
20058 clicking on the button.
20059 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20060 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
20063 \begin_layout Standard
20064 If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
20065 like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
20066 can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
20067 the parentheses (that is done by holding the
20071 key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
20073 Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
20079 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20082 \begin_layout Standard
20083 If you're trying to enter a LaTeX
20087 for grouping, you should read
20088 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20089 reference "sec:Grouping"
20096 \begin_layout Section
20098 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20099 name "sec:Grouping"
20106 \begin_layout Standard
20107 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20108 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20119 \begin_layout Standard
20120 \begin_inset Formula \[
20121 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{{y^{z}}}\]
20128 \begin_layout Standard
20129 However, trying to type the
20133 in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output.
20134 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20141 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20142 The example directly above shows how this works.
20145 \begin_layout Section
20146 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20149 \begin_layout Standard
20150 Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
20156 there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the
20157 number of rows/columns.
20158 Here is an example:
20159 \begin_inset Formula \[
20160 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20163 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
20167 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual.
20168 Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
20169 inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the
20173 key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
20175 You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
20176 some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20177 The specification is
20182 Each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
20187 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20188 centered, and the third column will be right-justified..
20189 It will look like this:
20190 \begin_inset Formula \[
20192 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20193 column & has & has\, right\\
20194 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20201 \begin_layout Standard
20202 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20206 while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the
20212 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20224 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20234 \begin_layout Standard
20235 There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
20236 the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as
20242 and commutative diagrams.
20243 Not all of these are supported in LyX but some are, see
20248 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20257 \begin_layout Standard
20258 Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
20259 A formula will automatically switch to an
20265 format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit
20273 The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
20274 equation, is to insert a new line (with
20281 Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
20282 move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the
20289 Here is an example:
20290 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20292 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}
20296 You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
20303 while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
20308 try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
20309 everything in the left side of the line.
20310 To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
20311 you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit
20316 It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
20317 of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
20318 size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
20319 Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit
20325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20332 insertion points in the line will disappear.
20335 \begin_layout Section
20336 Equation Numbering and Labels
20337 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20338 name "sec:math-label"
20345 \begin_layout Standard
20346 Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
20347 All it takes to change a displayed equation like:
20348 \begin_inset Formula \[
20353 into the numbered equation :
20354 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20355 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
20366 menu, and select the
20375 This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label.
20376 There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
20377 care of re-numbering the equation.
20378 Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
20379 LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
20380 The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
20381 You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option
20387 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20392 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20393 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20400 while the cursor is in the equation, such as:
20403 \begin_layout Standard
20404 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20405 1+1=2.\end{equation}
20409 You can toggle it on or off with this menu item.
20410 You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
20412 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20413 reference "mathed:first-eqn"
20421 dialog, which you open using
20426 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20437 \begin_layout Standard
20438 For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
20439 lines are numbered separately.
20440 Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
20441 receive a label of #.
20442 That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
20444 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20445 reference "mathed:third-eqn"
20450 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20451 1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
20452 2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\
20453 4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
20457 You can turn off numbering of a specific line with
20462 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20467 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20468 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20473 umbering\InsetSpace ~
20477 while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation.
20480 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20481 1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
20483 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
20484 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}
20488 Note that the first equation in this set (
20489 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20490 reference "mathed:fourth-eqn"
20494 ) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
20496 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20497 reference "mathed:fifth-eqn"
20501 ) is again labelled.
20505 \begin_layout Section
20506 User defined macros in math mode
20509 \begin_layout Standard
20510 LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode.
20511 A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of
20512 the macro in blue (math color).
20513 It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can
20514 be edited as if it were ordinary math.
20516 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20517 \newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
20520 The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is
20521 written during export as LaTeX.
20522 The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the
20523 macro's expansion on screen.
20524 In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation,
20525 the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the
20526 first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically.
20529 \begin_layout Standard
20530 Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
20537 , and it will be automatically expanded:
20538 \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
20542 As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
20543 is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
20551 \begin_layout Standard
20552 However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
20558 In a macro definition box an argument looks like a
20562 followed by the argument number:
20563 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20564 \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
20570 \begin_layout Standard
20571 Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
20572 that you can insert there whatever you want:
20577 \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$
20584 \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
20591 \begin_layout Standard
20592 When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command
20605 \begin_layout Subsection
20606 How to create macros
20609 \begin_layout Standard
20610 To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
20614 \begin_layout Standard
20615 Macro names mustn't contain numbers!
20623 \begin_layout Standard
20626 math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
20629 \begin_layout Standard
20637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20660 math-macro macrowarg 1
20663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20669 \begin_layout Standard
20670 To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type
20678 math-macro-arg <number>
20681 \begin_layout Standard
20682 The argument mark in
20688 was introduced with
20689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20703 \begin_layout Standard
20704 You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
20705 An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
20706 can be edited only once.
20709 \begin_layout Subsection
20710 How to navigate in macros
20713 \begin_layout Description
20717 keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor
20718 in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
20719 Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
20720 right side of the macro.
20723 \begin_layout Description
20726 mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
20727 Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
20730 \begin_layout Standard
20731 Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment
20735 \begin_layout Section
20739 \begin_layout Subsection
20743 \begin_layout Standard
20744 You can use various typefaces in a formula.
20745 The standard font for text is italic,
20746 \begin_inset Formula $text$
20749 , but for numbers the standard is Roman.
20750 To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering
20751 the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows:
20754 \begin_layout Standard
20756 \begin_inset Tabular
20757 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20759 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20760 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20761 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20765 \begin_layout Standard
20771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20774 \begin_layout Standard
20781 <row topline="true">
20782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20785 \begin_layout Standard
20792 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20803 \begin_layout Standard
20814 <row topline="true">
20815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20818 \begin_layout Standard
20819 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20830 \begin_layout Standard
20841 <row topline="true">
20842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20845 \begin_layout Standard
20846 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20857 \begin_layout Standard
20868 <row topline="true">
20869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20872 \begin_layout Standard
20879 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20890 \begin_layout Standard
20901 <row topline="true">
20902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20905 \begin_layout Standard
20906 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}$
20914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20917 \begin_layout Standard
20928 <row topline="true">
20929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20932 \begin_layout Standard
20933 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
20941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20944 \begin_layout Standard
20955 <row topline="true">
20956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20959 \begin_layout Standard
20967 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
20975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20978 \begin_layout Standard
20989 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20993 \begin_layout Standard
20994 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21005 \begin_layout Standard
21023 \begin_layout Standard
21024 LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only
21025 letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital
21029 \begin_layout Standard
21030 For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
21031 If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
21032 style after one character.
21033 To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
21034 protected-space to the right of the cursor.
21035 Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
21037 The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does.
21038 This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection
21043 change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface.
21046 \begin_layout Standard
21047 It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
21049 However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@.
21052 To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold
21053 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21065 The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
21067 This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
21070 \begin_layout Standard
21071 A number of other options are available as well, via
21076 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21081 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21088 \begin_layout Subsection
21092 \begin_layout Standard
21093 Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but
21094 certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text.
21095 For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained
21100 while already in math mode.
21101 (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears
21102 on the screen in black instead of blue.
21103 You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a
21126 ) might have been a better choice
21131 , but it works for simple text.
21133 \begin_inset Formula \[
21134 f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
21135 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21136 -x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\]
21143 \begin_layout Subsection
21147 \begin_layout Standard
21148 There are four (relative) font sizes (or
21149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21156 ) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
21174 For most characters,
21182 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21183 and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in
21188 Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
21189 situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
21191 These choices can be over-ridden by using the
21195 function in the minibuffer.
21196 For example, you can set
21197 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21204 ), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by entering
21207 math-size displaystyle
21209 in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset,
21211 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21215 Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction,
21216 only the numerator will be enlarged, e.g.
21218 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21221 ! This reflects a LaTeX
21222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21233 \begin_layout Standard
21240 These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output.
21241 Here are some text in the various styles:
21242 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21246 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21250 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21254 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21260 \begin_layout Standard
21261 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
21262 inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
21264 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21265 will be adjusted to correspond.
21269 \begin_layout Standard
21273 Here is a paragraph in
21274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21281 font, with symbols:
21282 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21288 \begin_layout Standard
21289 This applies to math fonts in titles, etc.
21293 \begin_layout Section
21297 \begin_layout Standard
21298 The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are
21300 LyX includes some support for these packages.
21303 \begin_layout Subsection
21304 Enabling AMS-Support
21307 \begin_layout Standard
21313 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21320 dialog there is a checkbox,
21327 If selected, this will include the AMS-package in the document, and make
21328 the facilities available.
21331 \begin_layout Subsection
21335 \begin_layout Standard
21336 The AMS-LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are
21337 not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical
21338 typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized
21339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21346 fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
21347 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
21348 You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
21349 since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
21351 The AMS-layouts include these packages automatically.
21354 \begin_layout Subsection
21358 \begin_layout Standard
21359 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21360 LyX allows you to choose between
21381 Refer to the AMS-documenta\SpecialChar \-
21382 tion for the differences between these formula
21386 \begin_layout Chapter
21390 \begin_layout Section
21392 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21393 name "sec:crossref"
21400 \begin_layout Standard
21401 Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
21402 it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
21408 Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
21409 The other half is the
21413 proper, and it looks like this:
21414 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21415 reference "sec:crossref"
21420 Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with
21422 Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
21423 case, the number of this section.
21424 There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example,
21425 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
21426 reference "sec:crossref"
21431 This is the page number containing the location of the label.
21432 That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
21434 You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
21435 will do that for you! All you need to do is use a
21439 to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via
21447 \begin_layout Standard
21448 To insert a label, use
21455 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21461 A box will appear where you can enter your label.
21462 You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking
21463 on the gray box and reopening the label dialog.
21466 \begin_layout Standard
21467 To insert a reference, select
21474 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21483 Insert\InsetSpace ~
21486 dialog appears with a list of labels.
21487 Selecting a list item, then clicking
21491 inserts a reference into the text; changing the
21498 allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead.
21501 \begin_layout Standard
21502 Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
21511 , or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
21514 \begin_layout Quote
21521 Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z
21527 There were undefined references
21530 \begin_layout Standard
21531 You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
21534 \begin_layout Standard
21535 There are a few more comments we need to make about the
21540 They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
21541 So --- if you want to put a label on a
21549 heading immediately follows it, you need to put the
21562 It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
21563 However, you need to do this if you want to label the
21567 separately from the
21572 The same goes for all other section headings.
21575 \begin_layout Standard
21588 section headings and table and figure floats.
21589 Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
21590 you can't really use a
21598 \begin_layout Standard
21603 , but only if you use the
21613 --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
21614 because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare
21619 s as page markers, then refer back to them using the
21625 Once again, the regular
21629 won't work very well.
21630 It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
21631 of the previous numbered section heading.
21637 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21638 reference "sec:figurefloats"
21643 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21644 reference "sec:table float"
21649 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21650 reference "sec:math-label"
21654 for details on using a
21658 with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
21662 \begin_layout Section
21663 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21666 \begin_layout Standard
21667 It is often desirable to include long
21668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21675 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these
21676 things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset
21678 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21679 resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances.
21682 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21689 within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary)
21690 along automatically determined boundaries.
21693 \begin_layout Standard
21694 At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l
21695 ike entity) simply select
21697 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21704 ; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the
21712 In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do.
21713 Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered:
21715 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
21716 target "http://www.lyx.org"
21724 \begin_layout Standard
21729 : When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21730 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21742 URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
21750 \begin_layout Standard
21751 If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter
21759 field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before
21761 For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX
21765 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
21767 target "http://ctan.tug.org"
21772 On the printed page, the last sentence ends as
21773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21776 all things related to LaTeX at CTAN
21778 http://ctan.tug.org
21781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21787 \begin_layout Standard
21790 Author's Note: somebody needs to document the
21806 \begin_layout Section
21807 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
21808 \begin_inset OptArg
21811 \begin_layout Standard
21820 \begin_layout Standard
21821 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
21822 This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space.
21823 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
21824 title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful.
21827 \begin_layout Standard
21828 LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands
21829 that specifies a shorter version of the title
21833 \begin_layout Standard
21834 For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this:
21838 command[optionalargument]{the content}
21844 This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents,
21845 avoiding the problem mentioned.
21846 LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting
21851 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21856 This will insert a box (labelled
21857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21872 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
21873 This also works for captions inside floats.
21876 \begin_layout Standard
21877 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
21880 \begin_layout Section
21884 \begin_layout Standard
21885 Sometimes you wish to be able to output to paper multiple versions of the
21887 The most extreme version of this is, when you want to prepare a single
21888 document in two or more different languages, but as a single document file,
21889 with corresponding pieces of text adjacent in the file and on-screen.
21890 This can be achieved with
21897 \begin_layout Standard
21902 the branches available within a particular document.
21903 This is done in the
21905 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21906 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21910 You can also associate a background colour with each branch, e.g., red for
21911 the English language, blue for the German language branch.
21912 Then, you create a branch inset from the
21914 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21918 The inset will contain the text that you want to be output when this branch
21922 \begin_layout Standard
21931 of a branch is done from the document settings menu.
21932 All insets belonging to deactivated branches will be automatically closed,
21933 those belonging to activated branches automatically opened.
21936 \begin_layout Standard
21937 Other possible applications of the Branches paradigm include a
21938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21945 of a textbook containing the answers to questions, etc.
21946 \begin_inset Note Note
21949 \begin_layout Standard
21950 Once this doc is updated to 1.4, include branch examples here!
21958 \begin_layout Section
21959 Previewing snippets of your document
21962 \begin_layout Standard
21963 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
21964 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
21965 to break your train of thought with
21970 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21978 If you'd like to see your math formulae typeset by LaTeX then install the
21979 necessary software (see below) and select the
21991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21998 pulldown item in the
22003 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22011 (It can be found in the
22015 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22018 pane in the Qt frontend and the
22022 Feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22025 tab in the XForms frontend.) Previews are generated when you load a document
22026 into LyX and when you finish editing an inset.
22027 Previews of an already loaded document are
22031 generated just by selecting the
22045 \begin_layout Standard
22046 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
22047 It will also generate previews of include insets or
22048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22063 check box in the inset's dialog.
22064 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
22066 Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
22069 \begin_layout Standard
22070 To get previews working, you'll need some additional software.
22071 First, you'll need the preview.sty LaTeX package.
22072 Find it on your local CTAN mirror at
22076 CTAN/support/preview-latex/
22079 Thereafter, you'll need the usual tools:
22091 .Finally, you'll obtain prettier results if you install
22102 \begin_layout Section
22103 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
22106 \begin_layout Subsection
22107 Extra Horizontal Space
22108 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22116 \begin_layout Standard
22121 s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
22126 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
22127 space between the left and right margins.
22128 If there is more than one
22132 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
22136 \begin_layout Standard
22141 is at the beginning of a line, and it's
22145 the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
22150 s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
22153 \begin_layout Standard
22160 can be inserted with
22165 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22166 Special\InsetSpace ~
22171 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22176 orizontal\InsetSpace ~
22180 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
22183 \begin_layout Quote
22185 This is on the left side
22187 This is on the right
22190 \begin_layout Quote
22199 \begin_layout Quote
22210 \begin_layout Standard
22211 That was an example in the
22218 :is one in a standard paragraph.
22219 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
22223 sitting in-between the two
22224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22234 \begin_layout Standard
22235 Remember that we said that an
22239 always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
22240 than one set of margins on a line.
22241 Here's an example with the
22248 \begin_layout Labeling
22249 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22261 \begin_layout Standard
22263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22270 marks the beginning of the item.
22271 (There is actually a
22272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22283 inside of the label of the
22287 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.)
22291 s work similarly in other
22292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22299 situations, like two-column mode.
22302 \begin_layout Subsection
22303 Extra Vertical Space
22304 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22305 name "sec:vertspace"
22312 \begin_layout Standard
22313 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use
22318 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22323 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22328 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
22334 \begin_layout Standard
22335 We will not provide an example of a
22339 , as it would waste paper.
22340 They work the same as any other type of filler, including
22344 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
22345 If there are several
22349 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
22350 You can therefore use
22354 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
22358 \begin_layout Standard
22359 Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
22360 only added if you have also checked the option
22365 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22370 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22371 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22376 pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22387 \begin_layout Subsection
22388 Changing Paragraph Alignment
22391 \begin_layout Standard
22392 You can also change the paragraph alignment with the
22397 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22402 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22406 There are four possibilities:
22409 \begin_layout Itemize
22418 \begin_layout Itemize
22427 \begin_layout Itemize
22436 \begin_layout Itemize
22445 \begin_layout Standard
22446 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
22447 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
22448 the left and right margins.
22449 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
22452 \begin_layout Standard
22454 This paragraph is right aligned,
22457 \begin_layout Standard
22459 this one is centered,
22462 \begin_layout Standard
22464 this one is left aligned.
22467 \begin_layout Standard
22468 In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified
22473 \begin_layout Subsection
22474 Forcing Page Breaks
22475 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22476 name "sec:pagebreak"
22483 \begin_layout Standard
22484 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
22485 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
22486 In general, this will
22490 be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
22492 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22493 reference "sec:widows"
22500 \begin_layout Standard
22501 So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
22502 recommend not using it until the text is finished, and until you have checked
22503 in the preview to see if you
22507 have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below
22513 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22518 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22521 dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the
22525 \begin_layout Standard
22526 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
22527 at the top of a page.
22528 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
22529 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
22530 appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
22531 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
22533 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22534 reference "sec:figures"
22539 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22540 reference "sec:tables"
22551 \begin_layout Subsection
22555 \begin_layout Standard
22556 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
22557 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
22558 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
22559 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
22561 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
22565 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22567 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22568 name "sec:normblank-lbreak-horline"
22575 \begin_layout Standard
22576 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22577 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
22578 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
22579 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
22580 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
22582 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22583 reference "sec:abbrev"
22588 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
22589 In this case, insert one with
22594 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22595 Special\InsetSpace ~
22600 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22613 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22617 \begin_layout Standard
22618 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22619 name "sec:protblank-lbreak-horline"
22623 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
22624 line at that point.
22625 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
22628 \begin_layout Quote
22629 A good documentation should weight no more than 1
22635 \begin_layout Standard
22636 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
22637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22653 A protected space is set with
22658 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22659 Special\InsetSpace ~
22664 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22677 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22679 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22680 name "sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline"
22687 \begin_layout Standard
22689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22696 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
22697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22705 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
22706 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
22707 inside abbreviations:
22710 \begin_layout Quote
22711 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22713 Knuth has developped our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22714 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
22718 \begin_layout Standard
22719 You can insert a thin space with
22724 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22725 Special\InsetSpace ~
22730 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22743 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22747 \begin_layout Standard
22748 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
22749 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via the
22754 To get them, just type
22756 space-insert <command>
22758 into the minibuffer, where
22762 is one of the following:
22765 \begin_layout Standard
22767 \begin_inset Tabular
22768 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
22770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22771 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22772 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
22773 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22777 \begin_layout Standard
22785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22788 \begin_layout Standard
22796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22799 \begin_layout Standard
22808 <row topline="true">
22809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22812 \begin_layout Standard
22820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22823 \begin_layout Standard
22830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22833 \begin_layout Standard
22840 <row topline="true">
22841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22844 \begin_layout Standard
22852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22855 \begin_layout Standard
22862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22865 \begin_layout Standard
22872 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22876 \begin_layout Standard
22884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22887 \begin_layout Standard
22894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22897 \begin_layout Standard
22904 <row bottomline="true">
22905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22908 \begin_layout Standard
22916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22919 \begin_layout Standard
22926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22929 \begin_layout Standard
22936 <row bottomline="true">
22937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22940 \begin_layout Standard
22948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22951 \begin_layout Standard
22958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22961 \begin_layout Standard
22968 <row bottomline="true">
22969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22972 \begin_layout Standard
22980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22983 \begin_layout Standard
22990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22993 \begin_layout Standard
23000 <row bottomline="true">
23001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23004 \begin_layout Standard
23012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23015 \begin_layout Standard
23022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23025 \begin_layout Standard
23032 <row bottomline="true">
23033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23036 \begin_layout Standard
23044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23047 \begin_layout Standard
23054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23057 \begin_layout Standard
23071 \begin_layout Subsection
23075 \begin_layout Standard
23076 You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting
23081 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23082 Special\InsetSpace ~
23087 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23099 You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
23104 good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
23106 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23107 reference "sec:pagebreak"
23112 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
23113 set a linebreak, e.g.
23114 in a poem or for an Address (see sections
23115 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23116 reference "sec:quote"
23121 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23122 reference "sec:verse"
23127 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23128 reference "sec:adress_usage"
23135 \begin_layout Section
23137 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23138 name "sec:spellchecking"
23145 \begin_layout Standard
23146 LyX itself has no built-in spellchecker.
23147 Rather it uses the external
23151 program as a backend or the newer and generally better
23156 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
23161 \begin_layout Standard
23162 The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry
23169 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
23178 Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
23179 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
23180 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
23181 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
23182 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
23187 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
23189 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
23190 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
23193 \begin_layout Subsection
23194 Spellchecker Options
23195 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23196 name "sec:spell_opt"
23203 \begin_layout Standard
23204 The following options can be set in the
23209 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23219 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23223 \begin_layout Standard
23224 By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
23225 the text you're checking, which is set in the
23230 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23238 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker
23240 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
23241 specifying a different
23242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23245 alternative language
23246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23252 \begin_layout Standard
23257 , you may need to make a link from say
23265 or whatever applies for your language.
23266 This is because these
23270 files normally have the native language name (
23271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23282 , when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used
23283 with the LaTeX babel package (
23284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23294 \begin_layout Standard
23295 You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary.
23296 If you use a language with
23300 encoding and set the
23312 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23327 ), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well.
23328 If your dictionary doesn't support the
23332 you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
23335 \begin_layout Standard
23338 ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
23341 \begin_layout Standard
23342 The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the
23346 process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
23350 \begin_layout Standard
23351 There are four solutions to this problem.
23352 The easiest is to try the
23359 If that does not help, you can set
23370 when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
23371 The third is to add the
23375 option to your dictionary
23386 file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
23387 the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
23397 documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
23398 intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
23399 and ask him to solve your problem.
23402 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23403 Personal dictionary
23406 \begin_layout Standard
23407 If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice
23408 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
23409 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
23410 message on stderr which you can ignore (
23414 will create the file when you finish checking your spelling).
23417 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23421 \begin_layout Standard
23427 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
23430 dialog has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
23433 \begin_layout Itemize
23439 ccept compound words
23443 Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like
23446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23456 \begin_layout Itemize
23466 Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers
23469 This should not normally be needed.
23472 \begin_layout Subsection
23476 \begin_layout Standard
23477 Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
23478 of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
23479 for each occurrence of the word.
23480 Per-document word lists would also be useful.
23481 Neither of these features are present as of this writing.
23484 \begin_layout Standard
23485 Unless you're using the
23489 spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple
23491 This, does, however, work with
23495 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
23498 \begin_layout Section
23499 International Support
23502 \begin_layout Standard
23503 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
23504 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
23505 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
23506 paper size and the spellchecker set to U.S.
23508 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
23509 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
23510 default configuration.
23513 \begin_layout Standard
23514 If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
23515 a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
23516 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
23517 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
23519 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23520 reference "sec:langlay"
23524 for more information.
23527 \begin_layout Standard
23528 If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
23529 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
23530 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
23531 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
23533 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23534 reference "sec:optkey"
23542 \begin_layout Standard
23543 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
23544 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
23545 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
23546 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
23547 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
23548 one to support the characters you want.
23552 \begin_layout Standard
23553 The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
23557 beyond the scope of this manual.
23558 You cannot only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
23559 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
23560 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
23561 to your native tongue, please see the
23565 manual for details.
23568 \begin_layout Subsection
23570 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23578 \begin_layout Standard
23584 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23591 dialog lets you set
23593 the language and character encoding for your language.
23597 \begin_layout Standard
23598 Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
23615 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23623 The default is U.S.
23625 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
23626 The language name appears in the window.
23630 \begin_layout Standard
23631 In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
23632 If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
23641 \begin_layout Standard
23650 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
23655 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
23656 European languages.
23659 \begin_layout Subsection
23660 Keyboard mapping configuration
23661 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23669 \begin_layout Standard
23670 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
23671 This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
23672 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
23673 which one you want to use.
23676 \begin_layout Subsection
23678 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23686 \begin_layout Standard
23689 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23690 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
23699 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
23703 \begin_layout Standard
23704 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
23705 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
23707 That ain't the default.
23708 Nowhere near, in fact.
23709 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
23717 \begin_layout Itemize
23718 The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the
23719 generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar and the short dash are
23720 just plain missing in the default encodings.
23721 We don't know where they are or why this is the case.
23724 \begin_layout Itemize
23725 Even if you've selected
23734 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23741 dialog, users who have only the
23745 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
23749 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
23750 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
23751 french quotes won't show up.
23754 \begin_layout Itemize
23759 -fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
23760 include the either the package
23768 in their documents.
23772 \begin_layout Standard
23773 This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
23774 The automatic quote feature described in Section
23775 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23776 reference "sec:quotes"
23780 , will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
23787 \begin_inset Note Note
23790 \begin_layout Standard
23791 The characters of the following table, which are inserted as commands, could
23792 not be inserted directly with the keyboard, because the standard encoding
23794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23802 To let LaTeX understand the commands, the package
23806 needs to be loaded in the peamble with the line
23809 \begin_layout Standard
23814 usepackage{textcomp}
23817 \begin_layout Standard
23822 is available on every LaTeX system.
23830 \begin_layout Standard
23831 \begin_inset Float table
23836 \begin_layout Standard
23837 \begin_inset Caption
23839 \begin_layout Standard
23840 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23841 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
23857 \begin_layout Standard
23859 \begin_inset Tabular
23860 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
23862 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23863 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23865 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23867 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23868 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23869 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23870 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23871 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23874 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23875 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23876 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23877 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23878 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23879 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23883 \begin_layout Standard
23889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23892 \begin_layout Standard
23907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23910 \begin_layout Standard
23925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23928 \begin_layout Standard
23943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23946 \begin_layout Standard
23961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23964 \begin_layout Standard
23979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23982 \begin_layout Standard
23997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24000 \begin_layout Standard
24015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24018 \begin_layout Standard
24033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24036 \begin_layout Standard
24051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24054 \begin_layout Standard
24069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24072 \begin_layout Standard
24087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24090 \begin_layout Standard
24105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24108 \begin_layout Standard
24123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24126 \begin_layout Standard
24141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24144 \begin_layout Standard
24159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24162 \begin_layout Standard
24178 <row topline="true">
24179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24182 \begin_layout Standard
24197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24200 \begin_layout Standard
24206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24209 \begin_layout Standard
24215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24218 \begin_layout Standard
24224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24227 \begin_layout Standard
24241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24244 \begin_layout Standard
24258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24261 \begin_layout Standard
24275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24278 \begin_layout Standard
24292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24295 \begin_layout Standard
24309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24312 \begin_layout Standard
24318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24321 \begin_layout Standard
24327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24330 \begin_layout Standard
24336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24339 \begin_layout Standard
24353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24356 \begin_layout Standard
24370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24373 \begin_layout Standard
24387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24390 \begin_layout Standard
24404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24407 \begin_layout Standard
24422 <row topline="true">
24423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24426 \begin_layout Standard
24441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24444 \begin_layout Standard
24450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24453 \begin_layout Standard
24459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24462 \begin_layout Standard
24476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24479 \begin_layout Standard
24493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24496 \begin_layout Standard
24510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24513 \begin_layout Standard
24527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24530 \begin_layout Standard
24544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24547 \begin_layout Standard
24561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24564 \begin_layout Standard
24570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24573 \begin_layout Standard
24579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24582 \begin_layout Standard
24596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24599 \begin_layout Standard
24613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24616 \begin_layout Standard
24630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24633 \begin_layout Standard
24647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24650 \begin_layout Standard
24664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24667 \begin_layout Standard
24682 <row topline="true">
24683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24686 \begin_layout Standard
24701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24704 \begin_layout Standard
24710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24713 \begin_layout Standard
24719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24722 \begin_layout Standard
24731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24742 \begin_layout Standard
24756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24759 \begin_layout Standard
24773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24776 \begin_layout Standard
24790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24793 \begin_layout Standard
24807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24810 \begin_layout Standard
24824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24827 \begin_layout Standard
24833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24836 \begin_layout Standard
24842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24845 \begin_layout Standard
24849 \begin_layout Standard
24859 \begin_inset Note Note
24862 \begin_layout Standard
24873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24876 \begin_layout Standard
24890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24893 \begin_layout Standard
24907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24910 \begin_layout Standard
24924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24927 \begin_layout Standard
24941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24944 \begin_layout Standard
24959 <row topline="true">
24960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24963 \begin_layout Standard
24978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24981 \begin_layout Standard
24987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24990 \begin_layout Standard
24996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24999 \begin_layout Standard
25013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25016 \begin_layout Standard
25030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25033 \begin_layout Standard
25047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25050 \begin_layout Standard
25064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25067 \begin_layout Standard
25081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25084 \begin_layout Standard
25098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25101 \begin_layout Standard
25107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25110 \begin_layout Standard
25116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25119 \begin_layout Standard
25133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25136 \begin_layout Standard
25150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25153 \begin_layout Standard
25167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25170 \begin_layout Standard
25184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25187 \begin_layout Standard
25201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25204 \begin_layout Standard
25219 <row topline="true">
25220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25223 \begin_layout Standard
25238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25241 \begin_layout Standard
25247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25250 \begin_layout Standard
25256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25259 \begin_layout Standard
25273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25276 \begin_layout Standard
25290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25293 \begin_layout Standard
25307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25310 \begin_layout Standard
25324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25327 \begin_layout Standard
25341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25344 \begin_layout Standard
25358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25361 \begin_layout Standard
25367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25370 \begin_layout Standard
25376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25379 \begin_layout Standard
25383 \begin_layout Standard
25393 \begin_inset Note Note
25396 \begin_layout Standard
25407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25410 \begin_layout Standard
25424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25427 \begin_layout Standard
25441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25444 \begin_layout Standard
25458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25461 \begin_layout Standard
25475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25478 \begin_layout Standard
25493 <row topline="true">
25494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25497 \begin_layout Standard
25512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25524 \begin_layout Standard
25530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25533 \begin_layout Standard
25547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25550 \begin_layout Standard
25564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25567 \begin_layout Standard
25581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25584 \begin_layout Standard
25598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25601 \begin_layout Standard
25615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25618 \begin_layout Standard
25632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25635 \begin_layout Standard
25641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25644 \begin_layout Standard
25650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25653 \begin_layout Standard
25657 \begin_layout Standard
25667 \begin_inset Note Note
25670 \begin_layout Standard
25681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25684 \begin_layout Standard
25698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25701 \begin_layout Standard
25715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25718 \begin_layout Standard
25732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25735 \begin_layout Standard
25749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25752 \begin_layout Standard
25767 <row topline="true">
25768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25771 \begin_layout Standard
25786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25789 \begin_layout Standard
25795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25798 \begin_layout Standard
25804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25807 \begin_layout Standard
25821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25824 \begin_layout Standard
25838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25841 \begin_layout Standard
25855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25858 \begin_layout Standard
25872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25875 \begin_layout Standard
25889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25892 \begin_layout Standard
25906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25918 \begin_layout Standard
25924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25927 \begin_layout Standard
25931 \begin_layout Standard
25941 \begin_inset Note Note
25944 \begin_layout Standard
25955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25958 \begin_layout Standard
25972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25975 \begin_layout Standard
25989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25992 \begin_layout Standard
26006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26009 \begin_layout Standard
26023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26026 \begin_layout Standard
26041 <row topline="true">
26042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26045 \begin_layout Standard
26060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26063 \begin_layout Standard
26069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26072 \begin_layout Standard
26078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26081 \begin_layout Standard
26095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26098 \begin_layout Standard
26112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26115 \begin_layout Standard
26129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26132 \begin_layout Standard
26146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26149 \begin_layout Standard
26163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26166 \begin_layout Standard
26180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26183 \begin_layout Standard
26189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26192 \begin_layout Standard
26198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26201 \begin_layout Standard
26215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26218 \begin_layout Standard
26232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26235 \begin_layout Standard
26249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26252 \begin_layout Standard
26266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26269 \begin_layout Standard
26283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26286 \begin_layout Standard
26301 <row topline="true">
26302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26305 \begin_layout Standard
26320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26323 \begin_layout Standard
26329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26332 \begin_layout Standard
26338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26341 \begin_layout Standard
26355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26358 \begin_layout Standard
26372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26375 \begin_layout Standard
26389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26392 \begin_layout Standard
26406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26409 \begin_layout Standard
26423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26426 \begin_layout Standard
26440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26443 \begin_layout Standard
26449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26452 \begin_layout Standard
26458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26461 \begin_layout Standard
26475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26478 \begin_layout Standard
26492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26495 \begin_layout Standard
26509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26512 \begin_layout Standard
26526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26529 \begin_layout Standard
26543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26546 \begin_layout Standard
26561 <row topline="true">
26562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26565 \begin_layout Standard
26580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26583 \begin_layout Standard
26589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26592 \begin_layout Standard
26598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26601 \begin_layout Standard
26615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26618 \begin_layout Standard
26632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26635 \begin_layout Standard
26649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26652 \begin_layout Standard
26666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26669 \begin_layout Standard
26683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26686 \begin_layout Standard
26700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26703 \begin_layout Standard
26709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26712 \begin_layout Standard
26718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26721 \begin_layout Standard
26735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26738 \begin_layout Standard
26752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26755 \begin_layout Standard
26769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26772 \begin_layout Standard
26786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26789 \begin_layout Standard
26803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26806 \begin_layout Standard
26821 <row topline="true">
26822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26825 \begin_layout Standard
26840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26843 \begin_layout Standard
26849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26852 \begin_layout Standard
26858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26861 \begin_layout Standard
26875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26878 \begin_layout Standard
26892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26895 \begin_layout Standard
26909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26912 \begin_layout Standard
26926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26929 \begin_layout Standard
26943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26946 \begin_layout Standard
26960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26963 \begin_layout Standard
26969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26972 \begin_layout Standard
26978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26981 \begin_layout Standard
26995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26998 \begin_layout Standard
27012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27015 \begin_layout Standard
27029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27032 \begin_layout Standard
27046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27049 \begin_layout Standard
27063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27066 \begin_layout Standard
27081 <row topline="true">
27082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27085 \begin_layout Standard
27100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27103 \begin_layout Standard
27109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27112 \begin_layout Standard
27118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27121 \begin_layout Standard
27135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27138 \begin_layout Standard
27152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27155 \begin_layout Standard
27169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27172 \begin_layout Standard
27186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27189 \begin_layout Standard
27203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27206 \begin_layout Standard
27220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27223 \begin_layout Standard
27229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27232 \begin_layout Standard
27238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27241 \begin_layout Standard
27255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27258 \begin_layout Standard
27272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27275 \begin_layout Standard
27289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27292 \begin_layout Standard
27306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27309 \begin_layout Standard
27323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27326 \begin_layout Standard
27341 <row topline="true">
27342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27345 \begin_layout Standard
27360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27363 \begin_layout Standard
27369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27372 \begin_layout Standard
27378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27381 \begin_layout Standard
27395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27398 \begin_layout Standard
27412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27415 \begin_layout Standard
27429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27432 \begin_layout Standard
27448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27451 \begin_layout Standard
27465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27468 \begin_layout Standard
27482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27485 \begin_layout Standard
27491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27494 \begin_layout Standard
27500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27503 \begin_layout Standard
27517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27520 \begin_layout Standard
27534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27537 \begin_layout Standard
27551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27554 \begin_layout Standard
27568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27571 \begin_layout Standard
27585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27588 \begin_layout Standard
27603 <row topline="true">
27604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27607 \begin_layout Standard
27622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27625 \begin_layout Standard
27631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27634 \begin_layout Standard
27640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27643 \begin_layout Standard
27657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27660 \begin_layout Standard
27674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27677 \begin_layout Standard
27691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27694 \begin_layout Standard
27708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27711 \begin_layout Standard
27725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27728 \begin_layout Standard
27742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27745 \begin_layout Standard
27751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27754 \begin_layout Standard
27760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27763 \begin_layout Standard
27767 \begin_layout Standard
27777 \begin_inset Note Note
27780 \begin_layout Standard
27791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27794 \begin_layout Standard
27808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27811 \begin_layout Standard
27825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27828 \begin_layout Standard
27842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27845 \begin_layout Standard
27859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27862 \begin_layout Standard
27877 <row topline="true">
27878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27881 \begin_layout Standard
27896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27899 \begin_layout Standard
27905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27908 \begin_layout Standard
27914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27917 \begin_layout Standard
27931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27934 \begin_layout Standard
27948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27951 \begin_layout Standard
27965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27968 \begin_layout Standard
27982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27985 \begin_layout Standard
27999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28002 \begin_layout Standard
28016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28019 \begin_layout Standard
28025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28028 \begin_layout Standard
28034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28037 \begin_layout Standard
28051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28054 \begin_layout Standard
28068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28071 \begin_layout Standard
28085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28088 \begin_layout Standard
28102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28105 \begin_layout Standard
28119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28122 \begin_layout Standard
28137 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
28138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28141 \begin_layout Standard
28156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28159 \begin_layout Standard
28165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28168 \begin_layout Standard
28174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28177 \begin_layout Standard
28191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28194 \begin_layout Standard
28208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28211 \begin_layout Standard
28225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28228 \begin_layout Standard
28242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28245 \begin_layout Standard
28259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28262 \begin_layout Standard
28268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28271 \begin_layout Standard
28277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28280 \begin_layout Standard
28286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28289 \begin_layout Standard
28303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28306 \begin_layout Standard
28320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28323 \begin_layout Standard
28337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28340 \begin_layout Standard
28354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28357 \begin_layout Standard
28371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28374 \begin_layout Standard
28401 \begin_layout Standard
28402 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
28404 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
28405 also the characters from
28417 \begin_layout Itemize
28426 \begin_layout Standard
28427 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
28432 \begin_layout Standard
28433 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
28438 \begin_layout Standard
28439 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
28444 \begin_layout Standard
28445 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
28450 \begin_layout Standard
28456 \begin_layout Standard
28462 \begin_layout Standard
28469 \begin_layout Standard
28470 The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
28472 For example, S-M-minus, or if
28478 is correct, S-M-macron.
28487 \begin_layout Itemize
28500 \begin_layout Standard
28506 \begin_layout Standard
28512 \begin_layout Standard
28518 \begin_layout Standard
28525 \begin_layout Standard
28526 These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
28527 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
28535 \begin_layout Standard
28541 \begin_layout Standard
28548 \begin_layout Standard
28549 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
28550 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
28551 Also make sure you're using the
28555 font-encoding and have the package
28559 with the definition file
28566 \begin_layout Chapter
28570 \begin_layout Standard
28571 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
28572 (and we would encourage people to contribute !).
28575 \begin_layout Standard
28576 First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
28577 They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
28578 to provide information:
28581 \begin_layout Itemize
28586 wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
28587 as the introduction to this manual [or the
28588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28595 as some of us call it].
28598 \begin_layout Itemize
28601 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
28603 wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
28607 \begin_layout Itemize
28612 also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
28613 nal keyboard maps and customization.
28616 \begin_layout Itemize
28621 originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface.
28624 \begin_layout Itemize
28627 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
28629 originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
28635 \begin_layout Itemize
28636 Special thanks to the LyX Team\InsetSpace ~
28638 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
28643 for help and answers to questions.
28646 \begin_layout Standard
28647 Next, it's time to give credit to the
28648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28651 LyX Documentation Team,
28652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28655 all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
28656 it had after LyX version 0.10:
28659 \begin_layout Itemize
28668 \begin_layout Itemize
28669 Contributor to the FAQ and the old
28670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28684 \begin_layout Itemize
28685 General editing assistance.
28688 \begin_layout Itemize
28693 \begin_layout Itemize
28697 \begin_layout Itemize
28701 \begin_layout Itemize
28707 \begin_layout Itemize
28716 \begin_layout Itemize
28717 Primary contributor to
28722 \begin_layout Itemize
28723 Documentation of the basic LyX interface in
28729 \begin_layout Itemize
28738 \begin_layout Itemize
28739 Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old
28740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28754 \begin_layout Itemize
28755 Documentation of LinuxDoc in
28761 \begin_layout Itemize
28768 \begin_layout Itemize
28769 Documentation of figures and imported graphics in
28775 \begin_layout Itemize
28784 \begin_layout Itemize
28785 Documentation of internationalization features in
28791 \begin_layout Itemize
28798 \begin_layout Itemize
28803 \begin_layout Itemize
28807 \begin_layout Itemize
28811 \begin_layout Itemize
28815 \begin_layout Itemize
28821 \begin_layout Itemize
28828 \begin_layout Itemize
28829 Primary contributor to
28835 \begin_layout Itemize
28842 \begin_layout Itemize
28847 \begin_layout Itemize
28851 \begin_layout Itemize
28852 using LaTeX from within LyX
28857 \begin_layout Itemize
28866 \begin_layout Itemize
28867 General organization and format of the documents.
28870 \begin_layout Itemize
28875 \begin_layout Itemize
28879 \begin_layout Itemize
28880 paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
28884 \begin_layout Itemize
28885 Also responsible for Introduction in
28890 \begin_layout Itemize
28891 Editor of the documents.
28892 [from 6/96-fall 1997]
28896 \begin_layout Standard
28897 After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
28901 \begin_layout Bibliography
28902 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28911 \begin_layout Standard
28915 href{http://www.lyx.org/about/credits.php}{
28928 \begin_layout Standard
28938 \begin_layout Bibliography
28939 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28946 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
28949 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
28952 \begin_layout Bibliography
28953 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28954 key "latexcompanion"
28958 Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
28960 The LaTeX Companion.
28963 Addison-Wesley, 1994
28966 \begin_layout Bibliography
28967 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28977 \begin_layout Bibliography
28978 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem